ce syllabus  .… · semester i slot course no. subject l-t-p hours credits a ma101 calculus...

225
SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0 4 4 C BE100 Engineering Mechanics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) BE110 Engineering Graphics 1-1-3 5 3 D BE101-0X Introduction to _______ Engineering 2-1-0 3 3 E BE103 Introduction to Sustainable Engineering 2-0-1 3 3 CE100 Basics of Civil Engineering 2-1-0 3 3 F ME100 Basics of Mechanical Engineering 2-1-0 3 3 (1/4) EE100 Basics of Electrical Engineering 2-1-0 3 3 EC100 Basics of Electronics Engineering 2-1-0 3 3 S PH110 Engineering Physics Lab 0-0-2 2 1 (1/2) CY110 Engineering Chemistry Lab 0-0-2 2 1 T CE110/ME110/ Basic Engineering Workshops 0-0-2 2 1 EE110/EC110/ + (2/4) (CS110 for CS and related branches and CS110/CH110 CH110 for CH and related branches only) 0-0-2 2 1 U U100 Language lab/CAD Practice/Bridge courses/Micro Projects etc 0-0-(2/3) (2/3) 30 24/23 V V100 Entrepreneurship/TBI/NCC/NSS/ 0-0-2 2 Activity Physical Edn. etc points

Upload: others

Post on 15-Jul-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

SEMESTER I

Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits

A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4

B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4

(1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0 4 4

C BE100 Engineering Mechanics 3-1-0 4 4

(1/2)

BE110 Engineering Graphics 1-1-3 5 3

D BE101-0X Introduction to _______ Engineering 2-1-0 3 3

E BE103 Introduction to Sustainable Engineering 2-0-1 3 3

CE100 Basics of Civil Engineering 2-1-0 3 3

F

ME100 Basics of Mechanical Engineering 2-1-0 3 3

(1/4) EE100 Basics of Electrical Engineering 2-1-0 3 3

EC100 Basics of Electronics Engineering 2-1-0 3 3

S PH110 Engineering Physics Lab 0-0-2 2 1

(1/2)

CY110 Engineering Chemistry Lab 0-0-2 2 1

T CE110/ME110/ Basic Engineering Workshops 0-0-2 2 1

EE110/EC110/

+

(2/4) (CS110 for CS and related branches and

CS110/CH110 CH110 for CH and related branches only) 0-0-2 2 1

U

U100 Language lab/CAD Practice/Bridge courses/Micro Projects etc

0-0-(2/3) (2/3)

30 24/23

V V100 Entrepreneurship/TBI/NCC/NSS/

0-0-2 2 Activity

Physical Edn. etc points

Page 2: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

SEMESTER II

Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits

A MA102 Differential Equations 3-1-0 4 4

B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4

(1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0 4 4

C BE100 Engineering Mechanics 3-1-0 4 4

(1/2)

BE110 Engineering Graphics 1-1-3 5 3

D BE102 Design & Engineering 2-0-2 4 3

CE 100 Basics of Civil Engineering 2-1-0 3 3

E, F (2/4)

ME 100 Basics of Mechanical Engineering 2-1-0 3 3

EE 100 Basics of Electrical Engineering 2-1-0 3 3

EC 100 Basics of Electronics Engineering 2-1-0 3 3

CS 100 Computer Programming

(Only for CSE & IT branches) 2-1-0 3 3

S PH110 Engineering Physics Lab 0-0-2 2 1

(1/2)

CY110 Engineering Chemistry Lab 0-0-2 2 1

T CE110/ME110/ EE110/EC110 CS 120

Basic Engineering Workshops Computer Programming Lab ( only for CSE & IT Branches)

0-0-2 2 1

+

(2/4)

0-0-2 2 1

U

U100 Language lab / CAD Practice/ Bridge courses/ Micro Projects etc

0-0-(1/2) (1/2)

30 24/23

V V100 Entrepreneurship /TBI/NCC/NSS/

0-0-2 2 Activity

Physical Edn. etc points

Page 3: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE NO. COURSE NAME CREDITS YEAR OF

INTRODUCTION

MA 101 CALCULUS 4 2016

Course Objectives

In this course the students are introduced to some basic tools in Mathematics which are useful in

modelling and analysing physical phenomena involving continuous changes of variables or

parameters. The differential and integral calculus of functions of one or more variables and of

vector functions taught in this course have applications across all branches of engineering. This

course will also provide basic training in plotting and visualising graphs of functions and intuitively

understanding their properties using appropriate software packages.

Syllabus

Single Variable Calculus and Infinite series, Functions of more than one variable, Partial derivatives

and its applications, Calculus of vector valued functions, Multiple Integrals.

Expected outcome

At the end of the course the student will be able to (i) check convergence of infinite series (ii) find

maxima and minima of functions two variables (iii) find area and volume using multiple integrals (iv) apply calculus of vector valued functions in physical applications and (v) visualize graphs and

surfaces using software or otherwise.

Text Books

(1)Anton, Bivens, Davis: Calculus, John Wiley and Sons, 10th

ed

(2)Thomas Jr., G. B., Weir, M. D. and Hass, J. R., Thomas’ Calculus, Pearson

References:

1. Sengar and Singh, Advanced Calculus, Cengage Learning, Ist Edition

2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley India edition, 10th

ed.

3. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

4. N. P. Bali, Manish Goyal, Engineering Mathematics, Lakshmy Publications

5. D. W. Jordan, P Smith. Mathematical Techniques, Oxford University Press, 4th

4

Page 4: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Edition.

6. A C Srivastava, P K Srivasthava, Engineering Mathematics Vol 1. PHI Learning

Private Limited, New Delhi.

COURSE NO: MA101 L-T-P:3-1-0

COURSE NAME: CALCULUS CREDITS:4

MODULE CONTENT HRS END SEM.

MARK %

Single Variable Calculus and Infinite series

(Book I –sec 9.3,9.5,9.6,9.8)

Basic ideas of infinite series and convergence -

.Geometric series- Harmonic series-Convergence

tests-comparison, ratio, root tests (without

proof). Alternating series- Leibnitz Test-

I

Absolute convergence, Maclaurins series-Taylor

9 15% series - radius of convergence.

(For practice and submission as assignment only:

Sketching, plotting and interpretation of

hyperbolic functions using suitable software.

Demonstration of convergence of series

bysoftware packages)

Partial derivatives and its applications(Book I

–sec. 13.3 to 13.5 and 13.8)

Partial derivatives–Partial derivatives of 5

functions of more than two variables - higher

order partial derivatives - differentiability,

II

differentials and local linearity -

15% The chain rule – Maxima and Minima of

4

functions of two variables - extreme value

theorem (without proof)-relative extrema .

5

Page 5: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

Calculus of vector valued functions(Book I-

12.1,12.2,12.4&12.6,13.6 &13.7)

Introduction to vector valued functions-

parametric curves in 3-space

Limits and continuity – derivatives - tangent

lines – derivative of dot and cross product- 3

definite integrals of vector valued functions-

III

unit tangent-normal- velocity-acceleration and

3

speed–Normal and tangential components of

acceleration. 15%

Directional derivatives and gradients-tangent 3

planes and normal vectors

(For practice and submission as assignment only:

Graphing parametric curves and surfaces using

software packages )

Multiple integrals

(Book I-sec. 14.1, 14.2, 14.3, 14.5)

Double integrals- Evaluation of double integrals 4

– Double integrals in non-rectangular

coordinates- reversing the order of integration-

IV Area calculated as a double integral-

2 15%

Triple integrals(Cartesian co ordinates only)-

2

volume calculated as a triple integral-

2

(applications of results only)

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM

Topics in vector calculus

(Book I-15.1, 15.2, 15.3)

Vector and scalar fields- Gradient fields – 2

6

Page 6: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

conservative fields and potential functions – 2

divergence and curl - the operator - the 2 20%

V Laplacian 2

,

Line integrals - work as a line integral- 2

independence of path-conservative vector field – 2

(For practice and submission as assignment only:

graphical representation of vector fields using

software packages)

Topics in vector calculus (continued)

(Book I sec., 15.4, 15.5, 15.7, 15.8)

Green’s Theorem (without proof- only for 2

simply connected region in plane),

surface integrals – 2

Divergence Theorem (without proof for

VI 3 20% evaluating surface integrals) ,

Stokes’ Theorem (without proof for evaluating

3

line integrals)

(All the above theorems are to be taught in

regions in the rectangular co ordinate system

only)

END SEMESTER EXAM

Open source software packages such as gnuplot, maxima, scilab ,geogebra or R may be used as

appropriate for practice and assignment problems.

TUTORIALS: Tutorials can be ideally conducted by dividing each class in to three groups. Prepare

necessary materials from each module that are to be taught using computer. Use it uniformly to every

class.

7

Page 7: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 8: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 9: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 10: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 11: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

electrode

Electrochemical series and its applications.(Numericals) 1

Nernst equation - Derivation, application & numericals 2

Potentiometric titration - Acid-base and redox titration 2

Lithium ion cell and Fuel cell. 1

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

III Instrumental Methods: Thermal analysis - Principle, instrumentation and 3

applications of TGA and DTA.

15% Chromatographic methods - Basic principles, column, TLC. Instrumentation 4

and principles of GC and HPLC.

Conductivity - Measurement of conductivity 1

IV Chemistry of Engineering Materials: Copolymers - BS, ABS - Structure and 1

Properties.

Conducting Polymers - Polyaniline, Polypyrrole - Preparation, Structure and 2

Properties.

OLED – An introduction 1 15%

Advanced Polymers – Kevlar, Polybutadiene rubber and silicone rubber: 2

Preparation, Structure and Properties.

Nanomaterials – Definition, Classification, chemical methods of preparation 2

- hydrolysis and reduction

Properties and Applications – Carbon Nano Tubes and fullerenes. 1

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM V Fuels and Lubricants: Fuels - Calorific Value, HCV and LCV -

Determination of calorific value of a solid and liquid fuel by Bomb 3

calorimeter - Dulongs formula and Numericals.

Liquid fuel - Petrol and Diesel - Octane number & Cetane number 1 20%

Biodiesel - Natural gas. 2

Lubricant - Introduction, solid, semisolid and liquid lubricants. 1 Properties of lubricants - Viscosity Index, Flash point, Fire point, Cloud

2

point, Pour point and Aniline point.

VI Water Technology: Types of hardness, Units of hardness, Estimation of 3

Hardness – EDTA method. Numericals based on the above

Water softening methods - Ion exchange process - Principle. Polymer ion 2

exchange. 20%

Reverse Osmosis - Disinfection method by chlorination and UV 1

Dissolved oxygen, BOD and COD. 2

Sewage water Treatment - Trickling Filter and UASB process. 1

END SEMESTER EXAM

12

Page 12: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 13: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 14: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No: Course Name L-T-P Credits Year of Introduction

BE110 *ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 1-1-3-3 2016

∗As this course is practical oriented, the evaluation is different from other lecture based courses.

Points to note:

(1) End semester examination will be for 50 marks and of 3 hour duration.

(2) End semester exam will include all modules except Module IV.

(3) 100 marks are allotted for internal evaluation: first internal exam 40 marks, second internal exam 40

marks(CAD Lab Practice) and class exercises 20 marks.

(4) The first internal exam will be based on modules I and II and the second internal exam will be a

practical exam in CAD based on Module IV alone. Second internal exam may be conducted at the end

of the semester.

Course Objectives

To enable the student to effectively communicate basic designs through graphical representations as

per standards.

Syllabus

Introduction to Engineering Graphics; Orthographic projections of lines and solids, Isometric

projection, Freehand sketching, Introduction to CAD, Sections of solids, Development of surfaces,

Perspective projection.

Expected outcome

Upon successful completion of this course, the student would have accomplished the following

abilities and skills:

1. Fundamental Engineering Drawing Standards.

2. Dimensioning and preparation of neat drawings and drawing sheets.

3. Interpretation of engineering drawings

4. The features of CAD software

15

Page 15: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

References Books:

Agrawal, B. and Agrawal, C. M., Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers

Anilkumar, K. N., Engineering Graphics, Adhyuth Narayan Publishers

Benjamin, J., Engineering Graphics, Pentex Publishers

Bhatt, N., D., Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House Pvt Ltd.

Duff, J. M. and Ross, W. A., Engineering Design and Visualization, Cengage Learning, 2009

John, K. C., Engineering Graphics, Prentice Hall India Publishers

Kirstie Plantenberg, Engineering Graphics Essentials with AutoCAD 2016 Instruction, 4th

Ed.,

SDC Publications

Kulkarni, D. M., Rastogi, A. P. and Sarkar, A. K., Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD, PHI 2009

Luzadder, W. J. and Duff, J. M., Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing, PHI 1993

Parthasarathy, N. S., and Murali, V., Engineering Drawing, Oxford University Press

Varghese, P. I., Engineering Graphics, V I P Publishers

Venugopal, K., Engineering Drawing & Graphics, New Age International Publishers

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Exam Marks

6 exercises

Introduction to Engineering Graphics: Need for engineering

drawing.

I 14 20%

Drawing instruments; BIS code of practice for general

engineering drawing.

Orthographic projections of points and lines:-Projections of

points in different quadrants; Projections of straight lines

inclined to one of the reference planes, straight lines

inclined to both the planes; True length and inclination of

lines with reference planes; Traces of lines.

16

Page 16: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

12 exercises

Orthographic projections of solids:-Projections of simple

II solids* in simple positions, projections of solids with axis

11 20% inclined to one of the reference planes and axis inclined to

both the reference planes.

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

12 exercises

Isometric Projections:-Isometric projections and views of

plane figures simple* and truncated simple* solids in simple

position including sphere and hemisphere and their

III combinations. 09 20%

Freehand sketching: Freehand sketching of real objects,

conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views and

vice versa.

6 exercises

Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting - familiarizing

various coordinate systems and commands used in any 15

standard drafting software - drawing of lines, circle,

polygon, arc, ellipse, etc. Creating 2D drawings. (Additional

IV

Transformations: move, copy, rotate, scale, mirror, offset hours are

Internal and array, trim, extend, fillet, chamfer. Dimensioning and allotted in

text editing. Exercises on basic drafting principles, to create U slot for

technical drawings. Creation of orthographic views of CAD

simple solids from pictorial views. Creation of isometric practice)

views of simple solids from orthographic views. Solid

modelling and sectioning of solids, extraction of 2D

drawings from solid models. (For internal examination only,

not for University Examination).

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM (to be conducted only after finishing CAD Practice.)

9 exercises

Sections and developments of solids: - Sections of simple*

V solids in simple vertical positions with section plane

12 20% inclined to one of the reference planes - True shapes of

sections. Developments of surfaces of these solids.

17

Page 17: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

6 exercises

VI Intersection of surfaces: - Intersection of prism in prism and

cylinder in cylinder - axis bisecting at right angles only. 09 20%

Perspective projections: - perspective projections of simple*

solids.

*Triangular, square, pentagonal and hexagonal prisms, pyramids, cones and

cylinders.

END SEMESTER EXAM

Note:

1. First angle projection is to be followed.

2. CAD Practice is mandatory and shall be conducted in the time slot allotted for U

slot in addition to 15 hours allotted for Module IV

Question Paper Pattern: Question Paper shall contain eight questions of 10 marks each out of which five

questions are to be answered as explained below. The duration of examination is 3 hours.

Part A: Three questions from Modules I & II out of which two are to be answered.

Part B: Five questions from Modules III, V & VI out of which three are to be answered.

The questions are to be answered in A4 size booklet containing grid/plain sheets supplied by the

university. Drawing sheets are not needed.

The evaluation of answers shall be based on the correctness of solution, judging the knowledge of

student in concepts and principles of Engineering Graphics. Accuracy and neatness shall not be criteria

for evaluation.

18

Page 18: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 19: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 20: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No: Course Name L-T-P Credits Year of Introduction

BE101-02 INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICAL 2-1-0-3 2016

ENGINEERING SCIENCES

Course Objectives 1. To introduce different disciplines of Mechanical Engineering

2. To kindle interest in Mechanical Engineering

3. To impart basic mechanical engineering principles

Syllabus

Thermodynamics & Power sources, Thermal Engineering, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning,

Automobile & Aeronautical Engineering, Engineering Materials and manufacturing.

Expected Outcome

At the end of the course, the students will have exposed to the different areas of Mechanical

Engineering; gained idea about nature, scope and applications of Mechanical Engineering principles.

References Books:

Dossat, R. J., Principles of Refrigeration, PHI

Heywood, J., Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw Hill Publishers

Holman, J. P., Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill Co. Jain, K. K. and Asthana, R. B., Automobile Engineering, TTTI Bhopal

Jonathan Wickert, Introduction to Mechanical Engineering, Cengage Learning

Kalpakjian, S. and Schmid, S. R., Manufacturing Processes for Engineering

Materials, Pearson education

Maines, R., Landmarks in Mechanical Engineering, ASME

Peng, W. W., Principles of Turbomachinery, John Wiley & Sons

Pita, E. G., Air Conditioning Principles & Systems, PHI.

Spalding, D. B. and Cole, E. H., Engineering Thermodynamics, ELBS & Edward

Arnold (Pub) Ltd.

Stone, R. and Ball, T. K., Automotive Engineering Fundamentals, SAE International

Sutton, G. P. and Ross, D. M., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley & Sons

Von Karman, T., Aerodynamics: Selected Topics in the Light of Their

Historical Development, Courier Corporation

Online course on Refrigeration & Air conditioning, IIT Kharagpur www.nptel.ac.in

21

Page 21: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 22: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 23: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P Credits Year of Introduction

BE101-03 INTRODUCTION TO 2-1-0-3 2016

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Course Objective

The objective of this course is to set a firm and solid foundation in Electrical Engineering with strong

analytical skills and conceptual understanding of basic laws and analysis methods in electrical and

magnetic circuits.

Syllabus

Fundamental Concepts of Circuit Elements and Circuit variables, Real and Ideal independent voltage

and current sources, V-I relations; Basic Circuit Laws, Analysis of resistive circuits, Magnetic Circuits,

Electromagnetic Induction; Alternating current fundamentals, Phasor Concepts, Complex

representation, Phasor analysis of RL, RC, RLC circuit, admittances; Complex Power, Resonance in

series and parallel circuits; Three-phase systems, analysis of balanced and unbalanced star and delta

connected loads.

Expected outcome

The course will enable students to learn advanced topics in Electrical Engineering

References Books:

Bhattacharya, S. K., Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering, Pearson

Bird, J., Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology, Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group

Edminister, J., Electric Circuits, Schaum's Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill

Hayt, W. H., Kemmerly, J. E., and Durbin, S. M., Engineering Circuit Analysis,

Tata McGraw Hill

Hughes, Electrical and Electronic Technology, Pearson Education

Parker and Smith, Problems in Electrical Engineering, CBS Publishers and Distributors

Sudhakar and Syam Mohan, Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis, Tata

McGraw Hill

Suresh Kumar, K. S, Electric Circuits and Networks, Pearson Education

24

Page 24: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Exam. Marks

Fundamental Concepts of Circuit Elements and

Circuit variables: Electromotive force, potential

1

and voltage. Resistors, Capacitors

Inductors- terminal V-I relations

Electromagnetic Induction: Faraday’s laws,

I Lenz’s law, statically and dynamically induced 2

15%

EMF, self and mutual inductance, coupling

coefficient-energy stored in inductance

Real and Ideal independent voltage and current 1

sources, V-I relations. Passive sign convention

Numerical Problems (Module I) 2

Basic Circuit Laws: Kirchhoff's current and

voltage laws, analysis of resistive circuits-mesh 2

analysis –super mesh analysis

II

15% Node analysis-super node analysis, star delta

2

transformation

Numerical problems (Module II) 2

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

Magnetic Circuits: Magneto motive force, flux,

reluctance, permeability -comparison of electric 2

and magnetic circuits, analysis of series

III magnetic circuits

15%

Parallel magnetic circuits, magnetic circuits 2

with air-gaps.

Numerical problems (Module III) 2

Alternating current fundamentals:-Generation

of Alternating voltages-waveforms, Frequency,

IV Period, RMS and average values, peak factor 3

15% and form factor of periodic waveforms (pure

sinusoidal) and composite waveforms

25

Page 25: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Phasor Concepts, Complex representation

(exponential, polar and rectangular forms) of

sinusoidal voltages and currents phasor 2

diagrams

Complex impedance - series and parallel

impedances and admittances, Phasor analysis 2

of RL, RC, RLC circuits

Numerical problems. (Module IV) 2

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

Complex Power : Concept of Power factor: 1

active , reactive and apparent power

Resonance in series and parallel circuits 2

V

20% Energy, bandwidth and quality factor, variation

of impedance and admittance in series and 2

parallel resonant circuits

Numerical problems (Module V) 2

Three phase systems: Star and delta

connections, three-phase three wire and three- 2

phase four-wire systems

Analysis of balanced and unbalanced star and 2

delta connected loads

VI 20%

Power in three-phase circuits. Active and

Reactive power measurement by one, two, and 2

three wattmeter methods

Numerical problems (Module VI) 2

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

26

Page 26: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 27: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Electro mechanical components: relays and contactors. 1

II Diodes: Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, PN junction diode, barrier

potential, V-I characteristics, Effect of temperature. Equivalent circuit of a 3

diode. Piece wise linear model. 15%

Specification parameters of diodes and numbering.

1

Zener diode, Varactor diodes, characteristics, working principle of LED, 3

photo diode, solar cell.

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

III Bipolar Junction Transistors: Structure, typical doping, Principle of

operation, concept of different configurations. Detailed study of input and 3

output characteristics of common base and common emitter configuration,

current gain, comparison of three configurations. 15%

Concept of load line and operating point. Need for biasing and

stabilization, voltage divider biasing, Transistor as amplifier, switch, RC 3

coupled amplifier and frequency response

Specification parameters of transistors and type numbering 1

IV Junction Field Effect Transistors: Structure, principle of operation, 2

characteristics, comparison with BJT.

MOSFET: Structure, principle of operation of Enhancement type 2

15%

MOSFET, Current voltage characteristics, Depletion-type MOSFET.

Principle of operation of Photo transistor, UJT, SCR. 3

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM

V Diode circuits and power supplies: Series and parallel diode circuits, 3

Clippers, Clampers, Voltage multipliers

Half-wave and full wave (including bridge) rectifiers, Derivation of Vrms,

Vdc, ripple factor, peak inverse voltage, rectification efficiency in each 4

20% case, capacitor filter, working and design of a simple zener voltage

regulator.

Block diagram description of a DC Power supply, Principle of SMPS

VI Electronic Measurements and measuring Instruments. 2 Generalized performance parameters of instruments: error, accuracy,

sensitivity, precision and resolution.

Principle and block diagram of analog and digital multimeter, Block 4 20%

diagram of CRO, Measurements using CRO, Lissajous patterns, Principle

and block diagram of DSO, function generator.

Testing of Electronic components. 1

END SEMESTER EXAM

28

Page 28: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 29: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 30: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 31: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 32: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 33: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

adsorption, extraction, crystallization, drying, leaching, size separation and

size reduction. Overview of unit processes like saponification,

polymerization, biodiesel formation and hydrogenation. IV Modes of heat transfer-principles of conduction, convection and radiation,

heat exchangers. Fluid flow- laminar and turbulent flow. Introduction to

transportation of fluids. 8 15%

Classification of chemical reactions, order of reaction, rate equation,

Arrhenius equation, conversion and yield, batch reactor, mixed reactor and

plug flow reactor.

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM V Block diagram, process flow diagram for DCDA process for Sulphuric

acid manufacture, basic concepts of P&I diagram. Introduction to process

instrumentation and control: common methodologies of measurements, 7 20%

measuring instruments: thermocouple, venturimeter, U-tube manometer,

elements of feedback control loop, introduction to control of a distillation

column. VI Introduction to safety in chemical process industries – basic concepts, Case

study: Bhopal gas tragedy. Introduction to Environmental Engineering -

basic concepts, Typical wastewater, air and solid waste management

system.Case study: Effect of Aerial Spraying of Endosulfan on Residents 6 20% of Kasargod,

Kerala. Challenges of Chemical Engineer –need for

sustainable alternatives for processes; products with environment friendly

life-cycle. Introduction to novel materials and their development.

END SEMESTER EXAM

34

Page 34: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 35: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 36: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 37: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 38: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 39: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Cement – OPC, properties, grades; other types of cement and its uses (in

1

brief).

Cement mortar – constituents, preparation. 1

Concrete – PCC and RCC – grades. 1

Steel - Use of steel in building construction, types and market forms. 1

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM V Building construction – Foundations; Bearing capacity of soil (definition

2

only); Functions of foundations, Types - shallow and deep (sketches only). Brick masonry – header and stretcher bond, English bonds – Elevation and

2 plan (one brick thick walls only).

Roofs – functions, types, roofing materials (brief discussion only). 1 20%

Floors – functions, types; flooring materials (brief discussion only). 1

Decorative finishes – Plastering – Purpose, procedure.

1

Paints and Painting – Purpose, types, preparation of surfaces for painting

2

(brief discussion only).

VI Basic infrastructure and services - Elevators, escalators, ramps, air 2

conditioning, sound proofing (Civil engineering aspects only)

20%

Towers, Chimneys, Water tanks (brief discussion only).

1

Concept of intelligent buildings. 2

END SEMESTER EXAM

40

Page 40: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 41: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 42: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Course Name

L-T-P Year of Introduction

No. Credits

EE100 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL

2-1-0-3 2016 ENGINEERING

Course Objectives To impart a basic knowledge in Electrical Engineering with an understanding of fundamental concepts.

Elementary concepts of electric circuits, Kirchhoff's laws, constant voltage and current sources, Matrix

representation; Magnetic circuits, energy stored in magnetic circuits, Electromagnetic induction,

Alternating current fundamentals; AC circuits, phasor representation of alternating quantities-

rectangular, polar; Three phase systems, star and delta connection; Generation of power, power

transmission and distribution; Transformers, Electric Machines-DC Machines, AC Motors.

The course will enable the students to gain preliminary knowledge in basic concepts of Electrical

Engineering.

Bhattacharya, S. K., Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering, Pearson

Bird, J., Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology, Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group

Del Toro,V.,Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, Prentice Hall of India.

Hayt, W. H., Kemmerly, J. E., and Durbin, S. M., Engineering Circuit Analysis,

Tata McGraw Hill

Hughes, Electrical and Electronic Technology, Pearson Education

Mehta, V.K. and Mehta,R., Basic Electrical Engineering, S. Chand Publishing

Parker and Smith, Problems in Electrical Engineering, CBS Publishers and Distributors

Sudhakar and Syam Mohan, Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis, Tata

McGraw Hill

Suresh Kumar, K. S, Electric Circuits and Networks, Pearson Education

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Exam. Marks

Elementary concepts of electric circuits: Kirchhoff's laws,

constant voltage and current sources-Problems 2

Formation of network equations by mesh current and node 15%

I voltage methods-matrix representation-solution of network 3

equations by matrix methods-problems

star-delta conversion(resistive networks only-derivation is not

1

needed)-problems

43

Page 43: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Magnetic Circuits: MMF, field strength, flux density,

reluctance(definition only)-comparison between electric and 2

magnetic circuits

Energy stored in magnetic circuits, magnetic circuits with air

2

II gap-Numerical problems on series magnetic circuits

15%

Electromagnetic Induction: Faraday's laws, lenz's laws- statically

induced and dynamically induced emfs-self inductance and 2

mutual inductance, coefficient of coupling (derivation not

needed)

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

Alternating Current fundamentals: Generation of alternating

voltages-waveforms, frequency, period, average , RMS values

2

and form factor of periodic waveform(pure sinusoidal)-

Numerical Problems

AC Circuits: Phasor representation of alternating quantities-

1 15%

rectangular and polar representation

Analysis of simple AC circuits: concept of impedance, power

and power factor in ac circuits-active, reactive and apparent 2

III power

solution of RL,RC and RLC series circuits-Numerical problems 2

Three phase systems: Generation of three phase voltages-

advantages of three phase systems, star and delta connection

3

(balanced only), relation between line and phase voltages, line

and phase currents

three phase power measurement by two wattmeter method

1

(derivation is not required) - Numerical problems

Generation of power: Block schematic representation of

1

generating stations- hydroelectric power plants

Block schematic representation of Thermal and nuclear power

1

plants

IV

Renewable energy sources: solar, wind, tidal and geothermal

(Block diagram and working only- No Problems) 1 15%

Power transmission: Typical electrical power transmission

scheme-need for high voltage transmission-(Derivation is not 1

needed, No Problems)

Power Distribution: substation equipments, primary and 1

secondary transmission and distribution systems- feeder, service

44

Page 44: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

mains

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

Electric Machines: DC Generator and Motor-Construction-

2

working principle- Back EMF

Types of motor-shunt, series, compound (short and long)-

principle of operation of dc motor, applications-numerical 3

problems ( voltage -current relations only)

V

20% Transformer: Construction of single phase and three phase

Transformers (core type only)-EMF equation and related 2

numerical problems

Losses and efficiency of transformer for full load –numerical

2

problems (no equivalent circuit)

AC Motors: Three phase induction motor-squirrel cage and slip

1

ring induction motor

Working principle-synchronous speed, slip and related

1

numerical problems. (no equivalent circuit)

VI

20% AC Motors: Construction, principles of operation of single

1

phase induction motor (no equivalent circuit)

Starting methods in single phase induction motors -split phase

2

and capacitor start

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

45

Page 45: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Course Name L-T-P Year of Introduction

No: Credits

EC100 BASICS OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 2-1-0-3 2016

Course Objectives

1) To get basic idea about types, specification and common values of passive and active

components.

2) To familiarize the working of diodes, transistors, MOSFETS and integrated circuits.

3) To understand the working of rectifiers, amplifiers and oscillators. 4) To get a basic idea about measuring instruments 5) To get a fundamental idea of basic communication systems and entertainment electronics

Syllabus

Evolution and Impact of Electronics in industries and in society, Familiarization of Resistors,

Capacitors, Inductors, Transformers and Electro mechanical components, PN Junction diode:

Structure, Principle of operation, Zener diode, Photo diode, LED, Solar cell, Bipolar Junction

Transistors: Structure, Principle of operation, characteristics, Rectifiers and power supplies: Half

wave and full wave rectifier, capacitor filter, zener voltage regulator, Amplifiers and Oscillators:

common emitter amplifier, feedback, oscillators, RC phase shift oscillator, Analogue Integrated

circuits: operational amplifier, inverting and non-inverting amplifier, Electronic Instrumentation:

digital multimeter, digital storage oscilloscope, function generator, Radio communication: principle

of AM & FM, Super heterodyne receiver, Satellite communication: geo-stationary satellite system,

Mobile communication: cellular communications, Optical communication: system, principle of

light transmission through fiber, Entertainment Electronics: Cable TV, CCTV system.

Expected Outcome

Student can identify the active and passive electronic components. Student can setup simple

circuits using diodes and transistors. Student will get fundamental idea about basic

communication systems and entertainment electronics.

Text Books:

Bell, D. A., Electronic Devices and Circuits, Oxford University Press

Tomasy, W., Advanced Electronic Communication system, PHI Publishers

References Books:

Boylested, R. L. and Nashelsky, L., Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson

Education

Frenzel, L. E., Principles of Electronic Communication Systems, Mc Graw Hill

Kennedy, G. and Davis, B., Electronic Communication Systems, Mc Graw Hill

46

Page 46: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Rajendra Prasad, Fundamentals of Electronic Engineering, Cengage Learning

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Marks

Evolution of Electronics, Impact of Electronics in 1

industry and in society.

Resistors, Capacitors: types, specifications. 3

Standard values, marking, colour coding.

I

10%

Inductors and Transformers: types, specifications, 2

Principle of working.

Electro mechanical components: relays and 1

contactors.

PN Junction diode: Intrinsic and extrinsic

semiconductors, Principle of operation, V-I 4

characteristics, principle of working of Zener

diode, Photo diode, LED and Solar cell.

II

20% Bipolar Junction Transistors: PNP and NPN

structures, Principle of operation, input and output 3

characteristics of common emitter configuration

(npn only).

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

Rectifiers and power supplies: Block diagram

description of a dc power supply ,Half wave and 4

full wave (including bridge) rectifier, capacitor

filter, working of simple zener voltage regulator.

III

15% Amplifiers and Oscillators: Circuit diagram and

working of common emitter amplifier, Block 4

diagram of Public Address system, concepts of

feedback, working principles of oscillators, circuit

diagram & working of RC phase shift oscillator.

Analogue Integrated circuits: Functional block

diagram of operational amplifier, ideal 3

operational amplifier, inverting and non-inverting

IV Amplifier. 15%

Digital ICs: Logic Gates. 1

Electronic Instrumentation: Principle and block 2

diagram of digital multimeter, digital storage

47

Page 47: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

oscilloscope, and function generator.

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM

Radio communication: principle of AM & FM,

frequency bands used for various communication 3

systems, block diagram of super heterodyne

V

20% receiver.

Satellite communication: concept of geo- 2

stationary Satellite system.

Mobile communication: basic principles of

cellular communications, concepts of cells, 2

frequency reuse.

Optical communication: block diagram of the

VI optical communication system, principle of light

2 20% transmission through fiber, advantages of optical

communication systems.

Entertainment Electronics Technology: Basic

principles and block diagram of cable TV, CCTV, 2

DTH system.

END SEMESTER EXAM

Note: Analysis is not required in this course.

48

Page 48: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P- Year of

Credits Introduction

MA102 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 3-1-0-4 2016

Course Objectives

This course introduces basic ideas of differential equations, both ordinary and partial, which are widely

used in the modelling and analysis of a wide range of physical phenomena and has got applications

across all branches of engineering. The course also introduces Fourier series which is used by engineers

to represent and analyse periodic functions in terms of their frequency components.

Syllabus

Homogeneous linear ordinary differential equation, non-homogeneous linear ordinary differential

equations, Fourier series, partial differential equation, one dimensional wave equation, one dimensional

heat equation.

Expected Outcome

At the end of the course students will have acquired basic knowledge of differential equations and

methods of solving them and their use in analysing typical mechanical or electrical systems. The

included set of assignments will familiarise the students with the use of software packages for analysing

systems modelled by differential equations.

TEXT BOOKS

Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th

ed. Wiley A C Srivastava, P K Srivasthava, Engineering Mathematics Vol 2. PHI Learning Private

Limited, New Delhi.

REFERENCES:

Simmons: Differential Equation with Applications and its historical Notes,2e

McGrawHill Education India 2002

Datta, Mathematical Methods for Science and Engineering. CengageLearing,1st

. ed B. S. Grewal. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

N. P. Bali, Manish Goyal. Engineering Mathematics, Lakshmy Publications D. W. Jordan, P Smith. Mathematical Techniques, Oxford University Press, 4th

Edition.

C. Henry Edwards, David. E. Penney. Differential Equations and Boundary Value

Problems. Computing and Modelling, 3rd

ed. Pearson

49

Page 49: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

COURSE NO: MA102 L-T-P:3-1-0

COURSE NAME: CREDITS:4

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

MODULE CONTENT HRS END SEM. EXAM

MARKS (OUT OF 100)

HOMOGENEOUS DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

(Text Book 1 : Sections 1.7, 2.1, 2.2, 2.6, 3.2)

Existence and uniqueness of solutions for initial

value problems, Homogenous linear ODEs of second 3 order. Homogenous linear ODEs with constant

I coefficients, Existence and Uniqueness of solutions Wronskian,

4 17

Homogenous linear ODEs with constant

Coefficients (Higher Order)

(For practice and submission as assignment only:

Modelling of free oscillations of a mass –

spring system)

NON-HOMOGENEOUS LINEAR ORDINARY

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

( Text Book 2: Sections 1.2.7 to 1.2.14)

The particular Integral (P.I.), Working rule for P.I.

when g(x) is Xm

, To find P.I. when g(x) = eax

.V1(x),

Working rule for P.I. when g(x) = x.V(x), 17

II

Homogeneous Linear Equations, PI of Homogenous 7

equations

Legendƌe’s Lineaƌ eƋuations 2

Method of variation of parameters for finding PIs 3 (For practice and submission as assignments only:

Modelling forced oscillations, resonance,

electric circuits )

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

FOURIER SERIES

(Text Book 2 - Sections 4.1,4.2,4.3,4.4)

Periodic functions ,Orthogonally of Sine and Cosine 3

functions (Statement only), Fourier series and

III Euler’s formulas

3 17

Fourier cosine series and Fourier sine series

(Fourier series of even and Odd functions )

3

Half range expansions (All results without proof)

50

Page 50: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

(For practice and submission as assignment only:

Plots of partial sums of Fourier series and

demonstrations of convergence using plotting

software)

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

( Text Book 2 : Sections : 5.1, 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 5.1.5,

5.2.6- 5.2.10)

Introduction to partial differential equations , 3

formation of PDE, Solutions of first order PDE(Linear

only)

IV Lagrange’s Method 3 17

Linear PDE with constant coefficients , Solutions of

Linear Homogenous PDE with constant coefficients ,

Shorter method for finding PI when g(x,y)=f(ax+by),

Method of finding PI when g(x,y) = xm

yn, method of 6

find PI when

g(x,y)= e ax+by

V(x,y)

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM

ONE DIMENSIONAL WAVE EQUATION

( Text Book 2: Sections :6.1-- 6.4)

Method of separation of variables 2

The wave Equation 1 16

Vibrations of a stretched string

V

1

Solutions of one dimensional wave equation using

4

method of separation of variables and problems

ONE DIMENSIONAL HEAT EQUATION

( Text Book 2: sections 6.7, 6.8 ,6.9, 6.9.1 ,6.9.2)

The equation of Heat conduction 1

VI One dimensional Heat transfer equation. 1 Solutions of One Dimensional Heat transfer equation, 16

A long insulated rod with ends at zero temperatures, A 6

long insulated rod with ends at non zero temperatures

END SEMESTER EXAM

TUTORIALS: Tutorials can be ideally conducted by dividing each class into three groups. Prepare

necessary materials from each module that can be practiced using computer software. Use them

uniformly in every class.

51

Page 51: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 52: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 53: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 54: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Assignment/projects – 50 marks (iv) End semester exam – open book exam – 50 marks (2 hours duration

– conducted by the University)

First Test: Marks: 25 Closed Book;

Questions may cover:-

Topics covered in the lectures.

How to arrive at the design details for a specific need gap given.

Sketching the design of a product that is to meet the given user requirements.

Second Test: Marks: 25 Open Book:

Students are permitted to bring in class notes, own notes, text books and other books (Maximum 3/4

books) for the test. Access to internet and mobile phones is NOT permitted.

Assignments: Marks: 20 Two assignments are to be given (10 marks each). These assignments are to

cover specific design/s, sketching of the design, and a short but well written write-up on the design.

Projects: Marks: 30 Two mini projects are to be assigned. One is to be a group project and the other an

individual one. A group of 3 or 4 students can take up the group project. Each project is to be evaluated

for 15 marks.

The Group Project is to be done in the practical hours given for the course. Projects including the group

projects are to be evaluated based on individual presentations and answers to the questions raised. These

presentations could be done during the practical hours. Question Paper Pattern for End Semester Examination (Open Book)

Part A – Eight questions of each 5 marks, out of which six questions are to be answered.

Part B – Three questions of each 10 marks, out of which two questions are to be answered.

55

Page 55: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 56: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 57: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 58: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 59: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 60: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 61: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 62: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 63: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 64: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 65: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 66: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No: Course Name L-T-P-

Year of

Credits Introduction

CH110 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

WORKSHOP 0-0-2-1 2016

Course Objectives

To impart in students the basic knowledge in chemical engineering through simple

experiments and demonstrations.

List of Exercises / Experiments (Minimum of 8 mandatory)

1. Preparation of soap

2. Determination of flash and fire point

3. Preparation of Biodiesel

4. Specific gravity measurement

5. Fabrication of FRP laminates/ Study of filtration equipments

6. Study of distillation column

7. Study of absorption column

8. Study of heat exchanger

9. Study of size reduction equipment

10. Preparation of Pigment

Expected outcome

Students will have a thorough understanding of the basic concepts that they learn in

the theory paper “Introduction to Chemical Engineering”.

67

Page 67: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P- Year of Introduction

Credits

CS100 Computer Programming 2-1-0 2016

Course Objectives

To understand the fundamental concept of C programming and use it in problem solving.

Syllabus Introduction to C language; Operators and expressions; Sorting and searching; Pointers; Memory

allocation; Stacks and Queues.

Course Outcomes 1. Identify appropriate C language constructs to solve problems.

2. Analyze problems, identify subtasks and implement them as functions/procedures. 3. Implement algorithms using efficient C-programming techniques. 4. Explain the concept of file system for handling data storage and apply it for solving problems

5. Apply sorting & searching techniques to solve application programs.

References

1. Rajaraman V., Computer Basics and Programming in C, PHI.

2. Anita Goel and Ajay Mittal, Computer fundamentals and Programming in C., Pearson.

3. Gottfried B.S., Programming with C, Schaum Series, Tata McGraw Hill.

4. Horowitz and Sahni, Fundamentals of data structures - Computer Science Press.

5. Gary J. Bronson, ANSI C Programming, CENGAGE Learning India.

6. Stewart Venit and Elizabeth Drake, Prelude to Programming – Concepts & Design, Pearson.

7. Dromy R.G., How to Solve it by Computer, Pearson.

8. Kernighan and Ritche D.M., The C. Programming Language, PHI.

.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Contact Sem.ExamM

Hours

arks;%

Introduction to C Language: Preprocessor directives, header files, data types and qualifiers. Operators and expressions.

Data input and output, control statements.

I 7 15%

68

Page 68: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

II

Arrays and strings- example programs. Two dimensional

8

arrays - matrix operations.

15%

Structure, union and enumerated data type.

Pointers: Array of pointers, structures and pointers.

III Example programs using pointers and structures.

7 15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

Functions – function definition and function prototype.

Function call by value and call by reference. Pointer to a

IV function –. Recursive functions. 7 15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM

Sorting and Searching : Bubble sort, Selection sort, Linear Search and Binary search. Scope rules Storage classes. Bit-wise operations.

V 6 20%

Data files – formatted, unformatted and text files.

VI Command line arguments – examples. 7 20%

END SEMESTER EXAM

69

Page 69: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Course Name L-T-P- Year of

code Credits Introduction

CS120 Computer Programming Lab 2016

Course Objective:

To implement algorithms studied in the course ComputerProgramming

To learn the implementation of control structures, Iterations and recursive functions.

To implement operations on different types of files. List of Exercises / Experiments

(For Computer Science and Engineering Branch)

The exercises may include the Programs using the following concepts. 1.Decision making, branching and looping

- if, if else statements - switch, goto statements - while, do, for

statements 2.Arrays and

strings - one-dimensional, two-dimensional, multidimensional arrays - reading/writing strings - operations on strings - string handling

3.Functions - user defined functions - function calls, arguments & return values - nesting of functions - recursive functions - passing arrays and strings to functions

4. Structures and unions - copying and comparing structure variables - arrays of structures - arrays within structures - structures with in structures - structures and functions - unions

5. Pointers - pointers and arrays - pointers and character strings - array of pointers - pointers and functions - pointers and structures

6.Files, memory allocation, bit-level

programming -files -defining, opening/closing,

input -output operations -command line arguments -memory allocation functions Course Outcome

Students will be able to analyse a problem, find appropriate programming

language construct should be used and implement C program for the problem. 70

Page 70: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 71: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P - Credits Year of

Introduction

MA201 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND COMPLEX

ANALYSIS

3-1-0-4 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objectives COURSE OBJECTIVES

To equip the students with methods of solving a general system of linear equations.

To familiarize them with the concept of Eigen values and diagonalization of a matrix which have

many applications in Engineering.

To understand the basic theory of functions of a complex variable and conformal Transformations.

Syllabus

Analyticity of complex functions-Complex differentiation-Conformal mappings-Complex

integration-System of linear equations-Eigen value problem

Expected outcome . At the end of the course students will be able to

(i) solve any given system of linear equations

(ii) find the Eigen values of a matrix and how to diagonalize a matrix

(iii) identify analytic functions and Harmonic functions.

(iv)evaluate real definite Integrals as application of Residue Theorem

(v) identify conformal mappings(vi) find regions that are mapped under certain Transformations

Text Book: Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10

th ed. Wiley

References: 1.Dennis g Zill&Patric D Shanahan-A first Course in Complex Analysis with Applications-Jones&Bartlet

Publishers

2.B. S. Grewal. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

3.Lipschutz, Linear Algebra,3e ( Schaums Series)McGraw Hill Education India 2005

4.Complex variables introduction and applications-second edition-Mark.J.Owitz-Cambridge Publication

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Exam

Marks

I

Complex differentiation Text 1[13.3,13.4]

Limit, continuity and derivative of complex functions

Analytic Functions

Cauchy–Riemann Equation(Proof of sufficient condition of

analyticity & C R Equations in polar form not required)-Laplace’s

Equation

Harmonic functions, Harmonic Conjugate

3

2

2

2

15%

II

Conformal mapping: Text 1[17.1-17.4] Geometry of Analytic functions Conformal Mapping,

Mapping 2zw conformality of zew .

1

2

15%

Page 72: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

The mapping z

zw1

Properties of z

w1

Circles and straight lines, extended complex plane, fixed points Special linear fractional Transformations, Cross Ratio, Cross Ratio property-Mapping of disks and half planes

Conformal mapping by zw sin & zw cos (Assignment: Application of analytic functions in Engineering)

1

3

3

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Complex Integration. Text 1[14.1-14.4] [15.4&16.1] Definition Complex Line Integrals, First Evaluation Method, Second Evaluation Method Cauchy’s Integral Theorem(without proof), Independence of

path(without proof), Cauchy’s Integral Theorem for Multiply

Connected Domains (without proof)

Cauchy’s Integral Formula- Derivatives of Analytic

Functions(without proof)Application of derivative of Analytical

Functions

Taylor and Maclaurin series(without proof), Power series as Taylor

series, Practical methods(without proof)

Laurent’s series (without proof)

2

2

2

2

2

15%

IV

Residue Integration Text 1 [16.2-16.4] Singularities, Zeros, Poles, Essential singularity, Zeros of analytic functions Residue Integration Method, Formulas for Residues, Several singularities inside the contour Residue Theorem. Evaluation of Real Integrals (i) Integrals of rational functions of

sin and cos (ii)Integrals of the type

dxxf )( (Type I, Integrals

from 0 to ) ( Assignment : Application of Complex integration in Engineering)

2

4

3

15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Linear system of Equations Text 1(7.3-7.5)

Linear systems of Equations, Coefficient Matrix, Augmented Matrix

Gauss Elimination and back substitution, Elementary row operations,

Row equivalent systems, Gauss elimination-Three possible cases,

Row Echelon form and Information from it.

1

5

20%

Page 73: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Linear independence-rank of a matrix

Vector Space-Dimension-basis-vector spaceR3

Solution of linear systems, Fundamental theorem of non-

homogeneous linear systems(Without proof)-Homogeneous linear

systems (Theory only

2

1

VI

Matrix Eigen value Problem Text 1.(8.1,8.3 &8.4)

Determination of Eigen values and Eigen vectors-Eigen space

Symmetric, Skew Symmetric and Orthogonal matrices –simple

properties (without proof)

Basis of Eigen vectors- Similar matrices Diagonalization of a matrix-

Quadratic forms- Principal axis theorem(without proof)

(Assignment-Some applications of Eigen values(8.2))

3

2

4

20%

END SEMESTER EXAM

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN:

Maximum Marks : 100 Exam Duration: 3 hours

The question paper will consist of 3 parts.

Part A will have 3 questions of 15 marks each uniformly covering modules I and II. Each

question may have two sub questions.

Part B will have 3 questions of 15 marks each uniformly covering modules III and IV. Each

question may have two sub questions.

Part C will have 3 questions of 20 marks each uniformly covering modules V and VI. Each

question may have three sub questions.

Any two questions from each part have to be answered.

Page 74: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P – Credits Year of

Introduction CE201 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 3-1-0-4 2016

Pre requisite: BE 100 Engineering Mechanics Course Objectives: To enable the students to calculate stresses and strains generated in material due to external loads for various types of loading conditions

Syllabus: Concept of stress. Concept of strain. Stress-strain relations. Calculating internal forces (Normal force, shear force and bending moment diagrams) Behavior of axially loaded members. Behavior of members subjected to bending moments. Behavior of circular members subjected to Torsion. Shear stresses in beams. Transformation of plane stresses. Mohr circle. Concept of design of beams. Buckling of columns. Indeterminacy.

Expected outcome .

1. Ability to calculate internal forces in members subject to axial loads, shear, torsion and

bending and plot their distributions

2. Ability to calculate normal, shear, torsion and bending stresses and strains

3. Ability to transform the state of stress at a point and determine the principal and maximum

shear stresses using equations as well as the Mohr’s circle

4. Understanding of column buckling and ability to calculate critical load and stress

Text Books:

1. Timoshenko , Strength of Materials Vol. I & Vol. II , CBS Publishers & Distributers, New Delhi

2. Rattan, Strength of Materials 2e McGraw Hill Education India 2011 Data Book ( Approved for use in the examination): Nil

References:

1. Crandall, An Introduction to Mechanics of Solids 3e McGraw Hill Education India 2014 2. Egor P Popov , Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 3. M.L. Gambhir, Fundamentals of structural Mechanics and analysis, Prentice Hall India 4. Stephen H Crandall, N C Dahi, Thomas J L, M S Sivakumar, an introduction to Mechanics

of Solids , McGraw hill Education, 3rd edition 5. Cheng, Statics and Strength of Materials 2e McGraw Hill Education India 2013 6. Hearn E.J., Mechanics of Materials, Pergamon Press, Oxford 7. Nash W A, Strength of Materials (SIE) (Schaum’s Outline Series) 5e McGraw Hill

Education India 2010 8. Rajput R.K. Strength of Materials, S.Chand&company Ltd., New Delhi 9. James M Gere & Stephen P Timoshenko , Mechanics of Materials , CBS Publishers &

Distributers, New Delhi 10. Punmia B. C., A. K. Jain and A. K. Jain, Mechanics of Materials, Laxmi Publications(P)

Ltd, New Delhi

Page 75: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Exam

Marks

I

Review of Statics Types of external loads - internal stresses - normal and shear stresses - strain - Hooke’s law - working stress - stress strain diagrams - Poisson’s ratio - relationship between elastic constants

9 15%

II

Elongation of bars of constant and varying sections – statically indeterminate problems in tension and compression –Temperature effects – strain energy and complementary energy-strain energy due to tension, compression and shear

9 15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Bending Moment & Shear force: Different types of beams- various types of loading –Relationship connecting intensity of loading , shearing force and bending moment- shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever beams and Simply supported beams for different types of loading.

9 15%

IV

Stresses in beams of symmetrical cross sections: Theory of simple bending –assumptions and limitations – Normal stresses in beams- Moment of resistance - beams of uniform strength - beams of two materials – strain energy due to bending - shearing stresses in beams.

9 15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Analysis of stress and strain on oblique sections: Stress on inclined planes for axial and biaxial stress fields - principal stresses - Mohr’s circle of stress Thin and Thick Cylinders: Stresses in thin cylinders – thick cylinders - Lame’s equation – stresses in thick cylinders due to internal and external pressures Torsion: Torsion of solid and hollow circular shafts.-Pure shear- strain energy in pure shear and torsion. Springs: Close coiled and open coiled helical springs.

9 20%

VI

Deflection of statically determinate beams: Differential equation of the elastic curve - Method of successive integration, Macaulay’s method, Method of superposition, moment area method. Theory of columns: Direct and bending stresses in short columns- Kern of a section. Buckling and stability-Euler’s buckling/crippling load for columns with different end conditions- Rankine’s formula

11 20%

END SEMESTER EXAM

Page 76: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam)

Maximum Marks: 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

The question paper shall have three parts.

Part A -Module I & II : Answer 2 questions out of 3 questions (15 marks each)

Part B - Module III & IV: Answer 2 questions out of 3 questions (15 marks each)

Part C - Module V & VI: Answer 2 questions out of 3 questions (20 marks each)

Note: 1.Each part should uniformly cover the two modules in that part.

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d), if needed.

Page 77: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits Year of

Introduction

CE203 FLUID MECHANICS - I 3-1-0-4 2016

Pre requisite : Nil

Course Objectives

1. To understand the basic properties of the fluid, fluid statics, kinematics, and fluid dynamics so as to analyse and appreciate the complexities involved in solving the fluid flow problems.

2. To give an introduction to the fundamentals of fluid flow and its behavior so as to equip the students to learn related subjects and their applications in the higher semesters.

3. To develop the skill for applying the fluid statics, kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow concepts for solving civil engineering problems.

Syllabus

Fluid Statics, Fluid pressure, Buoyancy and floatation, Fluid Kinematics, Dynamics of fluid flow, Flow through orifice and notches, Flow through pipes, Boundary layer, Drag and lift on Immersed bodies

Course Outcomes: 1. Students will be able to get a basic knowledge of fluids in static, kinematic and dynamic equilibrium,

so as to solve real life problems in fluid mechanics. 2. Students will gain the knowledge of the applicability of physical laws in addressing problems in

hydraulics.

Text Books

1. Modi P. N. and S. M. Seth, Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics, S.B.H Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.

2. Subramanya K., Theory and Applications of Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1993. References

1. Streeter.V.L. Fluid Mechanics, Mc Graw Hill Publishers.

2. Bruce R Munson, Donald F Young . Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley & sons, 2011.

3. Jain A. K., Fluid Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 1996.

4. Joseph Katz, Introductory Fluid Mechanics, Cambridge University Press, 2015

5. Arora.K.R. Fluid Mechanics, Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines, Standard Publishers, 2005.

6. Narasimhan S., A First Course in Fluid Mechanics, University Press (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

7. Frank.M.White, Fluid Mechanics, Mc Graw Hill, 2013.

8. Mohanty.A.K. Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2011

9. Narayana Pillai,N. Principles of Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, University Press, 2011. 10. Kumar.D.N. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid power Engineering, S.K.Kataria & sons, 2013.

Page 78: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours Sem. Exam Marks %

I

Fluid properties - density – specific gravity - surface

tension and capillarity - vapour pressure - viscosity and

compressibility - Classification of Fluids (No questions

to be asked) .

Fluid statics: Fluid pressure, variation of pressure in a fluid, measurement of pressure using manometers-simple manometers, differential manometers, Pressure head. Forces on immersed plane and curved surfaces. Pressure distribution diagram for vertical surfaces, Practical application of total pressure (spillway gates). Buoyancy and Floatation: Buoyant force, stability of

floating and submerged bodies, metacentre and

metacentric height, Analytical and experimental

determination of metacentric height.

8 15

II

Kinematics of fluid flow: Methods of describing fluid motion, Lagrangian and Eulerian methods, Types of fluid flow: steady and unsteady flow, uniform and non-uniform flow, one, two and three dimensional flow, laminar and turbulent flow, rotational and irrotational flow. Types of flow lines: stream line, path line, streak lines, conservation of mass, equation of continuity in one, two and three dimensions, (Derivation in Cartesian co-ordinate system only) Velocity & Acceleration of fluid particle, convective and local acceleration, Deformation of fluid elements: circulation and vorticity, velocity potential, stream function, equipotential lines, flow net, uses of flow net; Vortex motion, free and forced vortex (no problems).

8 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Dynamic of fluid flow: Euler’s equation of motion and

integration of Euler’s equation of motion along a

streamline. Bernoulli’s Equation, Energy correction

factors, Applications of Bernoulli’s equation : Pitot

tube, Venturimeter and orifice meter.

Momentum Principle- Steady flow momentum

equation- Momentum correction factor, Force

computation on a pipe bend

8 15

IV Flow through orifices: Different types of orifices, Flow over a sharp edged orifice, Hydraulic coefficients – Experimental determination of these

8 15

Page 79: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam)

Maximum Marks: 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

The question paper shall have three parts.

Part A - Module I & II : Answer 2 questions out of 3 questions (15 marks each)

Part B - Module III & IV: Answer 2 questions out of 3 questions (15 marks each)

Part C - Module V & VI: Answer 2 questions out of 3 questions (20 marks each)

Note: 1.Each part should uniformly cover the two modules in that part.

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d), if needed.

.

coefficients, flow through large rectangular orifice, Flow through submerged orifices, flow under variable heads, time of emptying. Flow over weirs: flow over rectangular, triangular and trapezoidal sharp crested weir, Cipolletti weir, Broad crested weir, Submerged weirs, Proportional weir.

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Flow through pipes: Viscous flow - Shear stress,

pressure gradient relationship - laminar flow between

parallel plates - Laminar flow through circular tubes

(Hagen Poiseulle's Eqn) - Hydraulic and energy gradient

- flow through pipes - Darcy -Weisbach's equation -

pipe roughness -friction factor- Moody's diagram- Major

and minor losses of flow in pipes - Pipes in series and in

parallel.

12 20

VI

Boundary layer theory-no slip condition, boundary layer thickness, boundary layer growth over long thin plate, laminar, turbulent boundary layer, laminar sub layer, Momentum integral equation of boundary layer (no derivation), Blasius boundary layer equations for laminar and turbulent boundary layer. Drag and lift on Immersed bodies-Pressure drag and friction drag, profile drag, Drag and lift co-efficient- computation of drag on a flat plate. Separation of boundary layer and control.

12 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 80: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits Year of

Introduction

CE205 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY 3-0-1-4 2016

Prerequisite: NIL

Course Objectives

Awareness about earth resources and processes to be considered in various facets of civil engineering

1. Appreciation of surface of earth as the fundamental foundation structure and the natural phenomena that influence its stability

Syllabus : Relevance of geology in Civil Engineering. Subdivisions of Geology. Interior of the earth. Weathering, its engineering significance and laboratory tests used in civil engineering. Soil profile. Hydrogeology-occurrence of groundwater, Types of aquifers and their properties. Engineering significance of subsurface water in construction. Methods to control of subsurface water. Minerals- Properties that affect the strength of minerals. Physical properties and chemical composition of common rock forming minerals Earth quakes- in relation to internal structure of earth and plate tectonics Types of rocks. Brief account of selected rocks. Rock features that influence the strength of rocks as construction material. Rock types of Kerala. Engineering properties of rocks. Attitude of geological structures- strike and dip. Deformation structures and their engineering significance. Geological factors considered in the construction of engineering structures. Introduction to natural hazards and their management. Coastal Processes and protection strategies. Soil

erosion and conservation measures.

Expected Outcomes:

1. The course would help the student to understand of the factors that determine the stability of

earth’s surface

2. The student would comprehend better the earth resources used as building materials Text Books / References:

1. Duggal, SK,Rawal,N and Pandey, HK (2014) Engineering Geology, McGraw Hill

Education, New Delhi

2. Garg, SK (2012) Introduction to Physical and Engineering Geology, Khanna Publishers,

New Delhi

3. Gokhale, KVGK (2010) Principles of Engineering Geology, BS Pubications, Hyderabad

4. Kanithi V (2012) Engineering Geology, Universities Press (India) Ltd., Hyderabad

5. Singh, P (2004) Engineering and General Geology, S. K. Kataria and Sons, New Delhi

6. Bennison, GM, Olver, PA and Moseley, KA (2013) An introduction to geological structures

and maps, Routledge, London

7. Gokhale, NW (1987) Manual of geological maps, CBS Publishers, New Delhi

Page 81: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours End Sem.Exam Marks %

I

Relevance of geology in Civil Engineering. Subdivisions of Geology. Weathering, types and its engineering significance. Laboratory tests used in civil engineering for assessing intensity of weathering. Engineering classification of weathered rock masses. Soil profile. Geological classification of soils.

8 15

II

Hydrogeology-occurrence of groundwater, Types of aquifers, permeability / hydraulic conductivity. Engineering significance of subsurface water- problems created in construction, as an erosional agent. Methods to control of subsurface water- barriers and liners, drains and wells.(Resistivity survey of groundwater may be demonstrated)

11 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Minerals- Properties that affect the strength of minerals. Physical properties and chemical composition of following minerals -quartz, feldspars (orthoclase and plagioclase), micas (biotite and muscovite), amphibole (hornblende), pyroxene (augite and hypersthene), gypsum, calcite, clay minerals (kaolinite), their chemical formulae. Earth quakes- in relation to internal structure of earth and plate tectonics

8 15

IV

Rocks as aggregates of minerals. Basic concepts- igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, Brief account of following rocks- granite, basalt, sandstone, limestone, shale, marble and quartzite. Rock features that influence the strength of rocks as construction material-concepts of lineation and foliation-schistosity and gneissosity. Rock types of Kerala. Brief account of engineering properties of rocks used as construction material (building and foundation) and road aggregates. Assessment of these properties.(Students should be taught to identify common rock forming minerals and common rocks based on their physical properties).

10 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V Attitude of geological structures- strike and dip. Brunton compass. Deformation structures and

11 20

Page 82: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

The question paper shall have three parts.

Part A -Module I & II : Answer 2 questions out of 3 questions ( 15 marks each)

Part B - Module III & IV: Answer 2 questions out of 3 questions ( 15 marks each)

Part C - Module V & VI : Answer 2 questions out of 3 questions ( 20 marks each)

Note : 1.Each part should uniformly cover the two modules in that part.

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d), if needed.

their engineering significance- folds, faults and joints. Geological factors considered in the construction of dams and reservoirs, tunnels. (Simple exercises based on geological/topographic maps

for determination of dip, apparent dip and thickness of

lithological beds and preparation of geological cross

sections should be performed. The students should be

instructed in handling clinometer/Brunton compass to

determine strike and dip)

VI

Introduction to natural hazards-Mass movements (Landslides), floods, their common management strategies. Coastal Processes- waves, currents and landforms. Types of coastal protection strategies. Soil erosion- causes and types and soil conservation measures.

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 83: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits Year of

Introduction

CE207 SURVEYING

3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course objectives:

To introduce the principle of surveying

To impart awareness on the various fields of surveying and types of instruments

To understand the various methods of surveying and computations

Syllabus: Basics of Surveying, Levelling and Contouring, Area and Volume Computation, Theodolite Survey, Mass Diagram, Triangulation, Theory of Errors, Electronic Distance Measurement, Total Station Survey

Course Outcomes: After successful completion of the course, the students will possess knowledge

on the basics of surveying and different methods of surveying

Text Books :

1. Prof. T.P.Kenetkar & Prof.S.V.Kulkarni - Surveying and Levelling , Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan,2004

2. N N Basak, Surveying and Levelling, Mc GrawHill Education

References :

1. R.Agor - A Text book of Surveying and Levelling, Khanna Publishers, 2005

2. C. Venkatramaiah, Textbook of Surveying, Universities Press (India) Private Limited 2011

3. James M Andersen, Edward M Mikhail, Surveying Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill Education

4. Dr. B.C.Punmia , Ashok Kumar Jain &Arun Kumar Jain - Surveying , Laxmi publications (P)Ltd , 2005

5. S.K.Duggal - Surveying Vol. I, Tata Mc Graw Hill Ltd ,Reprint 2015.

Page 84: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours Sem.Exam Marks %

I

Introduction to Surveying- Principles, Linear,

angular and graphical methods, Survey stations,

Survey lines- ranging, Bearing of survey lines,

Local attraction, Declination, Dip, Latitude and

Departure, Methods of orientation, Principle of

resection

7 15

II

Levelling: Principles of levelling- Dumpy level-

booking and reducing levels, Methods- simple,

differential, reciprocal leveling, profile levelling and

cross sectioning. Digital and Auto Level, Errors in

levelling

Contouring: Characteristics, methods, uses.

7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Area and Volume: Various methods of

computation.

Theodolite survey: Instruments, Measurement of

horizontal and vertical angle.

Mass diagram: Construction, Characteristics and

Uses.

6 15

IV

Triangulation: Triangulation figures, Strength of

figure, Triangulation stations, Inter visibility of stations,

Towers and signals – Satellite Stations and reduction to

centre.

8 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Theory of Errors – Types, theory of least squares,

Weighting of observations, Most probable value,

Application of weighting, Computation of indirectly

observed quantities - method of normal equations.

8 20

VI

Electromagnetic distance measurement (EDM) –

Principle of EDM, Modulation, Types of EDM

instruments, Distomat

Total Station – Parts of a Total Station – Accessories –

Advantages and Applications, Introduction to

Astronomical terms, Field Procedure for total station

survey, Errors in Total Station Survey.

6 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 85: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam) :

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

The question paper shall have three parts.

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should uniformly cover the two modules in that part.

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d), if needed

Page 86: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course code Course Name L-T-P - Credits Year of

Introduction

HS200 Business Economics 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objectives

To familiarize the prospective engineers with elementary Principles of Economics and

Business Economics.

To acquaint the students with tools and techniques that are useful in their profession in

Business Decision Making which will enhance their employability;

To apply business analysis to the “firm” under different market conditions;

To apply economic models to examine current economic scenario and evaluate policy

options for addressing economic issues

To gain understanding of some Macroeconomic concepts to improve their ability to

understand the business climate;

To prepare and analyse various business tools like balance sheet, cost benefit analysis and

rate of returns at an elementary level

Syllabus

Business Economics - basic concepts, tools and analysis, scarcity and choices , resource

allocation, marginal analysis, opportunity costs and production possibility curve. Fundamentals of

microeconomics - Demand and Supply Analysis, equilibrium, elasticity, production and

production function, cost analysis, break-even analysis and markets. Basics of macroeconomics -

the circular flow models, national income analysis, inflation, trade cycles, money and credit, and

monetary policy. Business decisions - investment analysis, Capital Budgeting decisions,

forecasting techniques and elementary Balance Sheet and taxation, business financing,

international investments

Expected outcome . A student who has undergone this course would be able to

i. make investment decisions based on capital budgeting methods in alignment with

microeconomic and macroeconomic theories.

ii. able to analyse the profitability of the firm, economy of operation, determination of price

under various market situations with good grasp on the effect of trade cycles in business.

iii. gain knowledge on Monetary theory, measures by RBI in controlling interest rate and

emerging concepts like Bit Coin.

iv. gain knowledge of elementary accounting concepts used for preparing balance sheet and

interpretation of balance sheet

Text Books

1. Geetika, Piyali Ghosh and Chodhury, Managerial Economics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015

2. Gregory Mankiw, Principles of Macroeconomics, Cengage Learning, 2006.

3. M.Kasi Reddy and S.Saraswathi, Economics and Financial Accounting. Prentice Hall of

India. New Delhi.

Page 87: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

References: 1. Dornbusch, Fischer and Startz, Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, 11th edition, 2010.

2. Khan M Y, Indian Financial System, Tata McGraw Hill, 7th edition, 2011.

3. Samuelson, Managerial Economics, 6th

edition, Wiley

4. Snyder C and Nicholson W, Fundamentals of Microeconomics, Cengage Learning (India),

2010.

5. Truett, Managerial Economics: Analysis, Problems, Cases, 8th

Edition, Wiley

6. Welch, Economics: Theory and Practice 7th

Edition, Wiley

7. Uma Kapila, Indian Economy Since Independence, 26th Edition: A Comprehensive and

Critical Analysis of India's Economy, 1947-2015 8. C Rangarajan, Indian Economy, Essays on monetary and finance, UBS

Publishers’Distributors, 1998 9. A.Ramachandra Aryasri, Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, Tata McGraw-

Hill, New Delhi.

10. Dominick Salvatore, Managerial Economics in Global Economy, Thomas Western

College Publishing, Singapore.

11. I.M .Pandey, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House. New Delhi.

12. Dominick Salvatore, Theory and Problems of Micro Economic Theory. Tata Mac Graw-

Hill, New Delhi.

13. T.N.Hajela.Money, Banking and Public Finance. Anne Books. New Delhi.

14. G.S.Gupta. Macro Economics-Theory and Applications. Tata Mac Graw- Hill, New Delhi.

15. Yogesh, Maheswari, Management Economics , PHI learning, NewDelhi, 2012

16. Timothy Taylor , Principles of Economics, 3rdedition, TEXTBOOK MEDIA.

17. Varshney and Maheshwari. Managerial Economics. Sultan Chand. New Delhi

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Exam

Marks

I

Business Economics and its role in managerial decision making-

meaning-scope-relevance-economic problems-scarcity Vs choice (2

Hrs)-Basic concepts in economics-scarcity, choice, resource

allocation- Trade-off-opportunity cost-marginal analysis- marginal

utility theory, Law of diminishing marginal utility -production

possibility curve (2 Hrs)

4

15%

II

Basics of Micro Economics I Demand and Supply analysis-

equillibrium-elasticity (demand and supply) (3 Hrs.) -Production

concepts-average product-marginal product-law of variable

proportions- Production function-Cobb Douglas function-problems

(3 Hrs.)

6

15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Basics of Micro Economics II Concept of costs-marginal, average,

fixed, variable costs-cost curves-shut down point-long run and short

run (3 Hrs.)- Break Even Analysis-Problem-Markets-Perfect

Competition, Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition, Oligopoly-

Cartel and collusion (3 Hrs.).

6

15%

IV

Basics of Macro Economics - Circular flow of income-two sector

and multi-sector models- National Income Concepts-Measurement

methods-problems-Inflation, deflation (4 Hrs.)-Trade cycles-Money-

stock and flow concept-Quantity theory of money-Fischer’s Equation

and Cambridge Equation -velocity of circulation of money-credit

control methods-SLR, CRR, Open Market Operations-Repo and

Reverse Repo rate-emerging concepts in money-bit coin (4 Hrs.).

8

15%

Page 88: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Business Decisions I-Investment analysis-Capital Budgeting-NPV,

IRR, Profitability Index, ARR, Payback Period (5 Hrs.)- Business

decisions under certainty-uncertainty-selection of alternatives-risk

and sensitivity- cost benefit analysis-resource management (4 Hrs.).

9

20%

VI

Business Decisions II Balance sheet preparation-principles and

interpretation-forecasting techniques (7 Hrs.)-business financing-

sources of capital- Capital and money markets-international

financing-FDI, FPI, FII-Basic Principles of taxation-direct tax,

indirect tax-GST (2 hrs.).

9

20%

END SEMESTER EXAM

Question Paper Pattern

Max. marks: 100, Time: 3 hours

The question paper shall consist of three parts

Part A

4 questions uniformly covering modules I and II. Each question carries 10 marks

Students will have to answer any three questions out of 4 (3X10 marks =30 marks)

Part B

4 questions uniformly covering modules III and IV. Each question carries 10 marks

Students will have to answer any three questions out of 4 (3X10 marks =30 marks)

Part C

6 questions uniformly covering modules V and VI. Each question carries 10 marks

Students will have to answer any four questions out of 6 (4X10 marks =40 marks)

Note: In all parts, each question can have a maximum of four sub questions, if needed.

Page 89: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P - Credits Year of

Introduction

CE231 CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAFTING

LAB 0-0-3-1 2016

Prerequisite : BE 110 - Engineering Graphics

Course Objectives : 1. To introduce the fundamentals of Civil Engineering drawing. 2. To understand the principles of planning 3. To learn drafting of buildings. 4. To impart knowledge on drafting software such as AutoCAD. List of Exercises : (at least 10 exercises / plates are mandatory )

1. Paneled Doors

2. Glazed Windows and Ventilators in wood

3. Steel windows

4. Roof truss in steel sections

5. Reinforced concrete staircase

6. Residential buildings with flat roof

7. Residential buildings with tiled roof

8. Preparation of site plan and service plans as per building rules

9. Building Services (for single and two storied buildings only). Septic tanks and soak pit

detailed drawing

10. Two storied and multi storied buildings

11. Public buildings like office, dispensary, post office, bank etc.

12. Industrial buildings with trusses Expected outcome.

To accomplish the abilities/skills for the following. 1. To understand the drawings of various components of buildings 2. Preparation of building drawings. 3. Interpretation of building drawings. 4. Use of a drafting software.

Text Books:

1. National Building Code of India. 2. Kerala Municipal Building Rules. 3. Dr. Balagopal T.S. Prabhu, Building Drawing and Detailing, Spades Publishers, Calicut 4. AutoCAD Essentials, Autodesk official Press, John Wiley & Sons, USA

References: 1. Shah, M.G., Kale, C. M. and Patki, S.Y. Building Drawing With An Intergrated Approach

to Built Environment, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi

Page 90: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Points to note:

1. Equal weightage to be given for manual drafting and drafting using computer aided drafting software.

2. Evaluation of drawing, along with a viva-voce, to be done at the end of every day class.

Internal Continuous Evaluation - 100 marks

Best 10 plates - 60 marks

Viva-voce - 10 marks

Final Examination - 30 marks

Page 91: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P - Credits Year of

Introduction CE233 SURVEYING LAB 0-0-3-1 2016

Prerequisite : Nil Course Objectives:

1. To equip the students to undertake survey using tacheometer

2. To equip the students to undertake survey using total station

3. To impart awareness on distomat and handheld GPS

List of Exercises/Experiments : ( 10 to12 exercises are mandatory)

1. Introduction to conventional surveying -1 class 2. Levelling ( dumpy level) -2 class 3. Theodolite surveying ( Theodolite) -3class 4. Total Station survey ( Total Station) -5 class

a. Heights and Distance b. Area computation c. Downloading

5. Study of instruments –Automatic level, digital level, Handheld GPS -2 class 6. Test -2 class

Expected outcome . Ability to undertake survey using level and theodolite and total station

Internal Continuous Evaluation - 100 marks

Record/output (Average) - 60 marks

Viva-voce (Average) - 10 marks

Final practical examination – 30 marks

Page 92: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 93: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P - Credits Year of

Introduction

MA202 Probability distributions,

Transforms and Numerical Methods

3-1-0-4 2016

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objectives

To introduce the concept of random variables, probability distributions, specific discrete

and continuous distributions with practical application in various Engineering and social

life situations.

To know Laplace and Fourier transforms which has wide application in all Engineering

courses.

To enable the students to solve various engineering problems using numerical methods. Syllabus

Discrete random variables and Discrete Probability Distribution.

Continuous Random variables and Continuous Probability Distribution.

Fourier transforms.

Laplace Transforms.

Numerical methods-solution of Algebraic and transcendental Equations, Interpolation.

Numerical solution of system of Equations. Numerical Integration, Numerical solution of

ordinary differential equation of First order.

Expected outcome .

After the completion of the course student is expected to have concept of

(i) Discrete and continuous probability density functions and special probability distributions.

(ii) Laplace and Fourier transforms and apply them in their Engineering branch

(iii) numerical methods and their applications in solving Engineering problems.

Text Books:

1. Miller and Freund’s “Probability and statistics for Engineers”-Pearson-Eighth Edition.

2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 10th

edition, Wiley, 2015.

References: 1. V. Sundarapandian, “Probability, Statistics and Queuing theory”, PHI Learning, 2009. 2. C. Ray Wylie and Louis C. Barrett, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”-Sixth Edition.

3. Jay L. Devore, “Probability and Statistics for Engineering and Science”-Eight Edition.

4. Steven C. Chapra and Raymond P. Canale, “Numerical Methods for Engineers”-Sixth

Edition-Mc Graw Hill.

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Exam

Marks

I

Discrete Probability Distributions. (Relevant topics in

section 4.1,4,2,4.4,4.6 Text1 )

Discrete Random Variables, Probability distribution function,

Cumulative distribution function.

Mean and Variance of Discrete Probability Distribution.

Binomial Distribution-Mean and variance.

Poisson Approximation to the Binomial Distribution. Poisson

distribution-Mean and variance.

2

2

2

2

15%

Page 94: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

II

Continuous Probability Distributions. (Relevant topics in

section 5.1,5.2,5.5,5.7 Text1) Continuous Random Variable, Probability density function,

Cumulative density function, Mean and variance.

Normal Distribution, Mean and variance (without proof).

Uniform Distribution.Mean and variance.

Exponential Distribution, Mean and variance.

2

4

2

2

15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Fourier Integrals and transforms. (Relevant topics in section

11.7, 11.8, 11.9 Text2)

Fourier Integrals. Fourier integral theorem (without proof). Fourier Transform and inverse transform.

Fourier Sine & Cosine Transform, inverse transform.

3

3

3

15%

IV

Laplace transforms. (Relevant topics in section

6.1,6.2,6.3,6.5,6.6 Text2)

Laplace Transforms, linearity, first shifting Theorem.

Transform of derivative and Integral, Inverse Laplace

transform, Solution of ordinary differential equation using

Laplace transform.

Unit step function, second shifting theorem.

Convolution Theorem (without proof).

Differentiation and Integration of transforms.

3

4

2

2

2

15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Numerical Techniques.( Relevant topics in

section.19.1,19.2,19.3 Text2)

Solution Of equations by Iteration, Newton- Raphson Method.

Interpolation of Unequal intervals-Lagrange’s Interpolation

formula.

Interpolation of Equal intervals-Newton’s forward difference

formula, Newton’s Backward difference formula.

2

2

3

20%

VI

Numerical Techniques. ( Relevant topics in section

19.5,20.1,20.3, 21.1 Text2)

Solution to linear System- Gauss Elimination, Gauss Seidal

Iteration Method.

Numeric Integration-Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson’s 1/3 Rule.

Numerical solution of firstorder ODE-Euler method,

Runge-Kutta Method (fourth order).

3

3

3

20%

END SEMESTER EXAM

Page 95: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN:

Maximum Marks : 100 Exam Duration: 3 hours

The question paper will consist of 3 parts.

Part A will have 3 questions of 15 marks each uniformly covering modules I and II. Each

question may have two sub questions.

Part B will have 3 questions of 15 marks each uniformly covering modules III and IV. Each

question may have two sub questions.

Part C will have 3 questions of 20 marks each uniformly covering modules V and VI. Each

question may have three sub questions.

Any two questions from each part have to be answered.

Page 96: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE202 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS -I 3-1-0-4 2016

Prerequisite: CE201 Mechanics of Solids

Course objectives:

To equip the students with the comprehensive methods of structural analysis with

emphasis on analysis of elementary structures.

Syllabus :

Truss analysis, Displacement response of statically determinate structural systems using energy

methods, Principle of virtual work, Statically indeterminate structures, Strain Energy methods,

Moving loads and influence lines, Cables and Suspension bridges, Arches.

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. analyse trusses and study displacement response of statically determinate structural

systems using energy methods:

ii. apply unit load method and strain energy method for determination of deflection of

statically determinate beams, frames & pin jointed trusses

iii. analyse statically indeterminate structures using strain energy method and method of

consistent deformation

iv. know about moving loads and influence lines

v. know about Statically determinate and indeterminate suspension bridges and arches

Text Books:

1. Gere and Timoshenko, Mechanics of materials, CBS. Publishers

2. Kenneth Leet,Chia M Uang& Anne M Gilbert., Fundamentals of Structural Analysis,

McGraw Hill

3. R.Vaidyanathan and P.Perumal, Comprehensive Structural Analysis Volume I & II, Laxmi

Publications (P) Ltd

4. Wang C.K., Intermediate Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill

References: 1. Aslam Kassimali., Structural Analysis, Cenage Learning

2. Chandramouli P N, Structural Analysis I –Analysis of Statically Determinate Structures,

Yes DeePublishing Pvt Ltd.,Chennai,Tamil Nadu.

3. DevdasMenon, Structural Analysis, Narosa Publications

4. Hibbeler., Structural Analysis, Pearson Education

5. Kinney S., Indeterminate Structural Analysis, Oxford & IBH

6. M.L. Gambhir, Fundamentals of structural Mechanics and analysis, Printice Hall India

7. Reddy C.S., Indeterminate Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill

8. Timoshenko S.P.& Young D.H., Theory of Structures, McGraw Hill

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours Sem.

Exam

Marks

I TRUSS ANALYSIS: Analysis of determinate truss-Methods of 8 15%

Page 97: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

joints and sections ( Numerical problems)

Elastic theorems and energy principles - strain energy due to axial

load, bending moment, shear and torsion - strain energy method,

Castigliano’s method for deflection (Derivations only)

II

Principle of virtual work – Unit load method-Betti’s theorem –

Maxwell’s law of reciprocal deflections - principle of least work -

application of unit load method and strain energy method for

determination of deflection of statically determinate beams, frames -

pin jointed trusses (simple numerical problems)

Concepts of temperature effects and lack of fit.( No numerical

problems)

Statically indeterminate structures: Degree of static and kinematic

indeterminacies – Introduction to force and displacement

method(step by step procedure)

9 15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Strain Energy methods:

Analysis of beams, frames and trusses with internal and external

redundancy – (Simple problems with maximum two redundants)

Concepts of effect of prestrain, lack of fit, temperature changes and

support settlement.(No numerical problems)

Method of Consistent deformations:

Analysis of beams frames and trusses with internal and external

redundancy(Simple problems with maximum two redundants)

Concepts of effect of prestrain, lack of fit, temperature changes and

support settlement.(No numerical problems)

9 15%

IV

Moving loads and influence lines.

Introduction to moving loads - concept of influence lines - influence

lines for reaction, shear force and bending moment in simply

supported beams and over hanging beams - analysis for different

types of moving loads - single concentrated load - several

concentrated loads, uniformly distributed load on shorter and longer

than the span.

10 15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Cables:

Analysis of forces in cables under concentrated and uniformly

distributed loads - Anchor Cables

Suspension Bridges :

Un-stiffened suspension bridges, maximum tension in the suspension

cable and backstays, pressure on towers.

10 20%

VI

Arches : Theory of arches - Eddy‟s theorem - analysis of three

hinged arches-Support reactions-normal thrust and Radial shear at

any section of a parabolic and segmental arch due to simple cases of

loading. Moving loads on three hinged arches ( simple problems)

10 20%

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 98: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination) :

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

Page 99: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE204 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY 4-0-0-4 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course objectives:

To study details regarding properties and testing of building materials,

To study details regarding the construction of building components

To study properties of concrete and concrete mix design

To impart the basic concepts in functional requirements of building and building services.

To develop understanding about framed construction and building failures

Syllabus:

Construction Materials –. Timber -Mortar – Iron and Steel –. Structural steel – Modern materials.

Concrete–Admixtures –Making of concrete -Properties of concrete– mix proportioning

Building construction - foundations -Introduction to Cost-effective construction –Masonry – Lintels

and arches –Floors and flooring –

Roofs and roof coverings -Doors, windows and ventilators -Finishing works. Tall Buildings – steel

and concrete frame –prefabricated construction – slip form construction. Vertical transportation –

Stairs –Elevators – Escalators –ramps.

- Building failures and Retrofitting–failures in RCC and Steel structures– Foundation failure-

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. understand construction materials, their components and manufacturing process

ii. know the properties of concrete and different mix design methods

iii. understand the details regarding the construction of building components

iv. analyse and apply learning of materials, structure, servicing and construction of masonry

domestic buildings.

v. define and describe the concepts and design criteria of tall framed and load bearing buildings.

Text books

1. Arora and Bindra, Building construction, Dhanpath Rai and Sons.

2. Punmia B. C, Building construction. Laxmi Publications

3. Rangwala S C., Engineering Materials, Charotar Publishers

4. Shetty M.S., Concrete Technology, S. Chand & company.

Reference Books

1. Adler R, Vertical Transportation for Building, American Elsevier Pub.

2. G C Sahu & Joygopal Jena., Building Materials and construction, McGraw Hill Education

3. Gambhir M L, Concrete Technology, Tata McGrawHill.

4. Krishna Raju N, Design of Concrete Mixes, CBS publishers.

5. Mcking T.M, Building Failures, Applied Science Pub.

6. National Building Code.

7. Neville A.M. and Brooks.J.J, Concrete Technology, Pearson Education.

8. Smith P & Julian W. Building services, Applied Science Pub.

9. Tall building systems & concepts, Monograph on planning and design of Tall building,

Page 100: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours Sem.

Exam

Marks

I

Properties of masonry materials – review of specifications;

Mortar – Types – Sand – properties – uses.

Timber products: properties and uses of plywood, fibre board,

particle board.

Iron and Steel –Reinforcing steel – types – specifications.

Structural steel – specifications

Miscellaneous materials (only properties, classifications and their

use in construction industry): Glass, Plastics, A.C. Sheets, Bitumen,

Adhesives, Aluminium

9 15%

II

Concrete – Aggregates – Mechanical & Physical properties and tests

– Grading requirements –

Water quality for concrete –

Admixtures – types and uses – plasticizers – accelerators – retarders

–water reducing agents

Making of concrete - batching – mixing – types of mixers –

transportation – placing – compacting – curing

Properties of concrete – fresh concrete – workability – segregation

and bleeding - factors affecting

workability & strength – tests on workability – tests for strength of

concrete in compression, tension

& flexure

Concrete quality control – statistical analysis of results – standard

deviation –acceptance criteria – mix proportioning (B.I.S method) –

nominal mixes.

9 15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Building construction - Preliminary considerations for shallow and

deep foundations

Masonry – Types of stone masonry – composite walls - cavity walls

and partition walls -Construction details and features – scaffoldings

Introduction to Cost-effective construction - principles of filler

slab and rat-trap bond masonry

9 15%

IV

Lintels and arches – types and construction details.

Floors and flooring – different types of floors and

floor coverings

Roofs and roof coverings – different types of roofs – suitability –

types and uses of roofing materials

Doors, windows and ventilators – Types and construction details

Finishing works – Plastering, pointing, white washing, colour

washing, distempering, painting. Methods of providing DPC. Termite

proofing

9 15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

Page 101: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination):

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1. Each part should have at least one question from each module

V

Tall Buildings – Framed building – steel and concrete frame –

structural systems –erection of steel work–concrete framed

construction– formwork – construction and expansion. joints

Introduction to prefabricated construction – slip form construction

Vertical transportation:

Stairs – types - layout and planning-

Elevators – types – terminology – passenger, service and goods

elevators – handling capacity - arrangement and positioning of lifts –

Escalators – features –use of ramps

10 20%

VI

Building failures – General reasons – classification – Causes of

failures in RCC and Steel structures, Failure due to Fire, Wind and

Earthquakes.

Foundation failure – failures by alteration, improper maintenance,

overloading.

Retrofitting of structural components - beams, columns and slabs

10 20%

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 102: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE206 FLUID MECHANICS -II 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : CE203 Fluid Mechanics I

Course objectives

To study the Basic principles and laws governing fluid flow to open channel flow including

hydraulic jump & gradually varied flow.

To understand basic modeling laws in fluid mechanics and dimensional analysis.

To apply the fundamental theories of fluid mechanics for the analysis and design of

hydraulic machines

Syllabus Hydraulic machines, Turbines, Pumps, Open channel flow, uniform flow, Hydraulic Jump,

Gradually varied flow, Dimensional analysis and model testing.

Expected Outcome

The students will

i. become capable of analysing open channel flows & designing open channels.

ii. get an insight into the working of hydraulic machines.

iii. become capable of studying advanced topics such as design of hydraulic structures.

Text Books:

1. Kumar D.S., Fluid Mechanics and Fluid power Engineering, S. K. Kataria & Sons, New

Delhi, 2013

2. Modi P. N. and S. M. Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics (Including Hydraulic

Machines), Standard Book House, New Delhi, 2013.

3. Narayana Pillai,N. Principles of Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, University Press,

2011.

References: 1. Arora.K.R. Fluid Mechanics, Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines, Standard Publishers,

2005.

2. Bansal R. K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications,

2010.

3. C S P Ojha, P N Chandramouli and R Brendtsson, Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, Oxford

University Press , India , New Delhi

4. Hanif Choudhary, Open channel flow, Prentice Hall, 2010

5. Jain A. K., Fluid Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 1996.

6. Subramanya K., Open Channel Hydraulics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.

7. Ven Te Chow, Open channel Hydraulics, 2009.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours Sem.

Exam

Marks

I

Hydraulic Machines - Impulse momentum principle, impact of jets,

force of a jet on fixed and moving vanes. Turbines- classification

and comparison of velocity triangles for Pelton wheel and reaction

turbines (Francis and Kaplan), work done and efficiency, specific

speed, draft tube- different types, penstock, surge tank - types,

cavitation in turbines (Concepts only).

7 15%

Page 103: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination) :

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1. Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

II

Pumps- classification of pumps - Centrifugal pumps- types, work

done, efficiency, minimum speed, velocity triangle for pumps,

specific speed, priming, limitation of suction lift, net positive

suction head, cavitation in centrifugal pump (Concepts only).

7 15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Introduction : Open channel flow and its relevance in Civil

Engineering , Comparison of open channel flow and pipe flow .

Flow in open channels-types of channels, types of flow, geometric

elements of channel section, velocity distribution in open channels,

uniform flow in channels, Chezy’s equation, Kutter’s and

Manning’s formula, Most economic section for rectangular and

trapezoidal channels. Condition for maximum discharge and

maximum velocity through circular channels, computations for

uniform flow, normal depth, conveyance of a channel section,

section factor for uniform flow.

6 15%

IV

Specific energy, critical depth, discharge diagram, Computation of

critical flow, Section factor for critical flow. Specific force,

conjugate or sequent depths, hydraulic jump, expression for sequent

depths and energy loss for a hydraulic jump in horizontal

rectangular channels, types of jump, length of jump, height of jump,

uses of hydraulic jump.

6 15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Gradually varied flow - dynamic equation for gradually varied flow,

different forms of dynamic equation, Approximation for a wide

rectangular channel, classification of surface profiles, Backwater

and drawdown curves, characteristics of surface profiles in

prismatic (Rectangular and trapezoidal only). Computation of length

of surface profiles, direct step method.

Design of lined open channels : trapezoidal cross-sections only

8 20%

VI

Dimensional analysis and model studies - dimensions, dimensional

homogeneity, methods of dimensional analysis, Rayleigh method,

Buckingham method, dimensionless numbers, Similitude -

geometric, kinematic and dynamic similarities. Model laws -

Reynold’s and Froude model laws, scale ratios, types of models,

Concepts of distorted and undistorted models.

8 20%

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 104: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE208 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING I 3-0-0 -3 2016

Prerequisite : CE 205 Engineering Geology

Course objectives:

To impart to the fundamentals of Soil Mechanics principles;

To provide knowledge about the basic, index and engineering properties of soils.

Syllabus:

Major soil deposits of India, Basic soil properties, Relationship between basic soil

properties, Index properties-Sieve analysis, Hydrometer analysis, Atterberg Limits and

Relative density, Soil classification, Permeability of soils, Principle of effective stress,

Quick sand condition, Critical hydraulic gradient, Shear strength of soils, Mohr-Coulomb

failure criterion, Different types of shear tests, Liquefaction of soils, Compressibility and

Consolidation, Void ratio versus pressure relationship, Normally consolidated, under

consolidated and over consolidated states, Estimation of magnitude of settlement,

Terzaghi’s theory of one-dimensional consolidation, Coefficient of consolidation , Stability

of finite slopes, Swedish Circle Method- Friction circle method ,use of Stability,

Compaction of soils, light and heavy compaction tests , Control of compaction

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. understand the basic principles governing soil behavior.

ii. understand the procedure, applicability and limitations of various soil testing

methods.

Text Books:

1. Das B. M., Principles of Geotechnical Engineering, Cengage India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

2. Ranjan G. and A. S. R. Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age

International, 2002.

References:

1. A V Narasimha Rao and C Venkatramaiah, Numerical Problems, Examples and

Objective questions in Geotechnical Engineering, Universities Press (India) Ltd.,

2000

2. Arora K. R., Geotechnical Engineering, Standard Publishers, 2006.

3. Purushothamaraj P., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Dorling

Kindersley(India) Pvt. Ltd., 2013

4. Taylor D.W., Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics, Asia Publishing House, 1948.

5. Terzaghi K. and R. B. Peck, Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice, John Wiley,

1967.

6. Venkatramaiah, Geotechnical Engg, Universities Press, 2000.

Page 105: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours Sem.

Exam

Marks

I

Introduction to soil mechanics -Major soil deposits of India

Basic soil properties - Void ratio, porosity, degree of

saturation, air content, percentage air voids, moisture content,

specific gravity, unit weight - Relationship between basic soil

properties – Sensitivity – Thixotropy - numerical problems

6

15%

II

Index properties - Sieve analysis – Well graded, poorly graded

and gap graded soils - Stoke’s law - Hydrometer analysis (no

derivation required for percentage finer and diameter) -

numerical problems- – Relative density

Consistency-Atterberg Limits - Practical Applications -

numerical problems

I.S. classification of soils.

6

15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Permeability of soils - Darcy’s law – Factors affecting

permeability - Practical Applications - Constant head and

falling head permeability tests - Average permeability of

stratified deposits (no derivation required) - numerical

problems.

Principle of effective stress - Total, neutral and effective stress

variation diagrams - Quick sand condition - Critical hydraulic

gradient - - numerical problems– Definition of phreatic line

and exit gradient.

7

15%

IV

Shear strength of soils- Practical Applications - Mohr-

Coulomb failure criterion – Mohr circle method for

determination of principal planes and stresses- numerical

problems – relationship between shear parameters and

principal stresses [no derivation required}

Brief discussion of direct shear test, tri-axial compression

test, vane shear test and unconfined compression test –

Applicability - numerical problems -UU and CD tests [Brief

discussion only]

- Concepts of Liquefaction

7

15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Compressibility and Consolidation - Void ratio versus

pressure relationship - Coefficient of compressibility and

volume compressibility – Compression index Practical

Applications -

Change in void ratio method - Height of solids method -

Normally consolidated, under consolidated and over

consolidated states - Estimation of pre consolidation pressure

- Practical Applications - Estimation of magnitude of

settlement of normally consolidated clays - Numerical

problems

Terzaghi’s theory of one-dimensional consolidation(no

derivation required) - average degree of consolidation – Time

8

20%

Page 106: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination):

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1. Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

factor - Coefficient of consolidation - Practical Applications -

Square root of time and logarithm of time fitting methods -

Numerical problems

VI

Stability of finite slopes - Toe failure, base failure, slip failure

- Swedish Circle Method- Friction circle method- Factor of

safety with respect to cohesion and angle of internal friction -

Stability number - Stability charts.

Compaction of soils - Standard Proctor, Modified Proctor, I.S.

light & Heavy Compaction Tests – OMC - Zero Air voids line

- Control of compaction - numerical problems

8

20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 107: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

APJ ABDUL KALAM TECHNOLOGICAL

UNIVERSITY

Syllabus

Life Skills

Business Economics

Principles of Management

2016

APJ ABDUL KALAM TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

CET CAMPUS, THIRUVANANTHAPURAM – 695016

KERALA, INDIA

Phone +91 471 2598122, 2598422 Fax +91 471 2598522 Web: ktu.edu.in

Email: [email protected]

Page 108: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

HS210 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 2016

Course Objectives

To develop communication competence in prospective engineers.

To enable them to convey thoughts and ideas with clarity and focus.

To develop report writing skills.

To equip them to face interview & Group Discussion.

To inculcate critical thinking process.

To prepare them on problem solving skills.

To provide symbolic, verbal, and graphical interpretations of statements in a problem

description.

To understand team dynamics & effectiveness.

To create an awareness on Engineering Ethics and Human Values.

To instill Moral and Social Values, Loyalty and also to learn to appreciate the rights of

others.

To learn leadership qualities and practice them.

Syllabus

Communication Skill: Introduction to Communication, The Process of Communication, Barriers

to Communication, Listening Skills, Writing Skills, Technical Writing, Letter Writing, Job

Application, Report Writing, Non-verbal Communication and Body Language, Interview Skills,

Group Discussion, Presentation Skills, Technology-based Communication.

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving: Creativity, Lateral thinking, Critical thinking, Multiple

Intelligence, Problem Solving, Six thinking hats Mind Mapping & Analytical Thinking.

Teamwork: Groups, Teams, Group Vs Teams, Team formation process, Stages of Group, Group

Dynamics, Managing Team Performance & Team Conflicts.

Ethics, Moral & Professional Values: Human Values, Civic Rights, Engineering Ethics,

Engineering as Social Experimentation, Environmental Ethics, Global Issues, Code of Ethics like

ASME, ASCE, IEEE.

Leadership Skills: Leadership, Levels of Leadership, Making of a leader, Types of leadership,

Transactions Vs Transformational Leadership, VUCA Leaders, DART Leadership, Leadership

Grid & leadership Formulation.

Expected outcome

Communicate effectively.

Make effective presentations.

Write different types of reports.

Face interview & group discussion.

Critically think on a particular problem.

Solve problems.

Work in Group & Teams

Handle Engineering Ethics and Human Values.

Become an effective leader.

Page 109: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

References:

Barun K. Mitra; (2011), “Personality Development & Soft Skills”, First Edition; Oxford

Publishers.

Kalyana; (2015) “Soft Skill for Managers”; First Edition; Wiley Publishing Ltd.

Larry James (2016); “The First Book of Life Skills”; First Edition; Embassy Books.

Shalini Verma (2014); “Development of Life Skills and Professional Practice”; First

Edition; Sultan Chand (G/L) & Company

John C. Maxwell (2014); “The 5 Levels of Leadership”, Centre Street, A division of

Hachette Book Group Inc.

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours

L-T-P

T P

Sem.

Exam

Marks

I

Need for Effective Communication, Levels of communication;

Flow of communication; Use of language in communication;

Communication networks; Significance of technical

communication, Types of barriers; Miscommunication; Noise;

Overcoming measures,

Listening as an active skill; Types of Listeners; Listening for

general content; Listening to fill up information; Intensive

Listening; Listening for specific information; Developing

effective listening skills; Barriers to effective listening skills. Technical Writing: Differences between technical and literary

style, Elements of style; Common Errors, Letter Writing:

Formal, informal and demi-official letters; business letters, Job

Application: Cover letter, Differences between bio-data, CV

and Resume, Report Writing: Basics of Report Writing;

Structure of a report; Types of reports.

Non-verbal Communication and Body Language: Forms

of non-verbal communication; Interpreting body-language

cues; Kinesics; Proxemics; Chronemics; Effective use of body

language

Interview Skills: Types of Interviews; Ensuring success in job

interviews; Appropriate use of non-verbal communication,

Group Discussion: Differences between group discussion and

debate; Ensuring success in group discussions, Presentation

Skills: Oral presentation and public speaking skills; business

presentations, Technology-based Communication:

Netiquettes: effective e-mail messages; power-point

presentation; enhancing editing skills using computer

software.

2

3

2

4

4

II

Need for Creativity in the 21st century, Imagination, Intuition,

Experience, Sources of Creativity, Lateral Thinking, Myths of

creativity

2

Page 110: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Critical thinking Vs Creative thinking, Functions of Left

Brain & Right brain, Convergent & Divergent Thinking,

Critical reading & Multiple Intelligence.

Steps in problem solving, Problem Solving Techniques,

Problem Solving through Six Thinking Hats, Mind Mapping,

Forced Connections.

Problem Solving strategies, Analytical Thinking and

quantitative reasoning expressed in written form, Numeric,

symbolic, and graphic reasoning, Solving application

problems.

2

2

2

III

Introduction to Groups and Teams, Team Composition,

Managing Team Performance, Importance of Group, Stages of

Group, Group Cycle, Group thinking, getting acquainted,

Clarifying expectations.

Group Problem Solving, Achieving Group Consensus.

Group Dynamics techniques, Group vs Team, Team

Dynamics, Teams for enhancing productivity, Building &

Managing Successful Virtual Teams. Managing Team

Performance & Managing Conflict in Teams.

Working Together in Teams, Team Decision-Making, Team

Culture & Power, Team Leader Development.

3

3

2

2

IV

Morals, Values and Ethics, Integrity, Work Ethic, Service

Learning, Civic Virtue, Respect for Others, Living Peacefully.

Caring, Sharing, Honesty, Courage, Valuing Time,

Cooperation, Commitment, Empathy, Self-Confidence,

Character,

Spirituality, Senses of 'Engineering Ethics’, variety of moral

issued, Types of inquiry, moral dilemmas, moral autonomy,

Kohlberg's theory, Gilligan's theory, Consensus and

controversy, Models of Professional Roles, Theories about

right action, Self-interest, customs and religion, application of

ethical theories.

Engineering as experimentation, engineers as responsible

experimenters, Codes of ethics, Balanced outlook on.

The challenger case study, Multinational corporations,

Environmental ethics, computer ethics,

Weapons development, engineers as managers, consulting

3

3

3

2

2

Page 111: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

engineers, engineers as expert witnesses and advisors, moral

leadership, sample code of Ethics like ASME, ASCE, IEEE,

Institution of Engineers(India), Indian Institute of Materials

Management, Institution of electronics and telecommunication

engineers(IETE), India, etc.

3

V

Introduction, a framework for considering leadership,

entrepreneurial and moral leadership, vision, people selection

and development, cultural dimensions of leadership, style,

followers, crises.

Growing as a leader, turnaround leadership, gaining control,

trust, managing diverse stakeholders, crisis management

Implications of national culture and multicultural leadership

Types of Leadership, Leadership Traits.

Leadership Styles, VUCA Leadership, DART Leadership,

Transactional vs Transformational Leaders, Leadership Grid,

Effective Leaders, making of a Leader, Formulate Leadership

4

2

2

2

END SEMESTER EXAM

EVALUATION SCHEME

Internal Evaluation

(Conducted by the College)

Total Marks: 100

Part – A

(To be started after completion of Module 1 and to be completed by 30th

working day of the semester)

1. Group Discussion – Create groups of about 10 students each and engage them on a

GD on a suitable topic for about 20 minutes. Parameters to be used for evaluation is

as follows;

(i) Communication Skills – 10 marks

(ii) Subject Clarity – 10 marks

(iii) Group Dynamics - 10 marks

(iv) Behaviors & Mannerisms - 10 marks

(Marks: 40)

Part – B

(To be started from 31st working day and to be completed before 60

th working day of the semester)

2. Presentation Skills – Identify a suitable topic and ask the students to prepare a

presentation (preferably a power point presentation) for about 10 minutes. Parameters

to be used for evaluation is as follows;

Page 112: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

(i) Communication Skills* - 10 marks

(ii) Platform Skills** - 10 marks

(iii) Subject Clarity/Knowledge - 10 marks

(Marks: 30)

* Language fluency, auditability, voice modulation, rate of speech, listening, summarizes key

learnings etc.

** Postures/Gestures, Smiles/Expressions, Movements, usage of floor area etc.

Part – C

(To be conducted before the termination of semester)

3. Sample Letter writing or report writing following the guidelines and procedures.

Parameters to be used for evaluation is as follows;

(i) Usage of English & Grammar - 10 marks

(ii) Following the format - 10 marks

(iii) Content clarity - 10 marks

(Marks: 30)

External Evaluation

(Conducted by the University)

Total Marks: 50 Time: 2 hrs.

Part – A

Short Answer questions

There will be one question from each area (five questions in total) will be asked for the

examination. Each question should be written in about maximum of 400 words. Parameters to

be used for evaluation are as follows;

(i) Content Clarity/Subject Knowledge

(ii) Presentation style

(iii) Organization of content

(Marks: 5 x 6 = 30)

Page 113: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Part – B

Case Study

The students will be given a case study with questions at the end the students have to analyze

the case and answer the question at the end. Parameters to be used for evaluation are as

follows;

(i) Analyze the case situation

(ii) Key players/characters of the case

(iii) Identification of the problem (both major & minor if exists)

(iv) Bring out alternatives

(v) Analyze each alternative against the problem

(vi) Choose the best alternative

(vii) Implement as solution

(viii) Conclusion

(ix) Answer the question at the end of the case

(Marks: 1 x 20 =

20)

Page 114: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Number

Course Name L-T-P Credits Year of

introduction

HS200 Business Economics 3-0-0 3 2016

Course Objectives

To familiarize the prospective engineers with elementary Principles of Economics

and Managerial Economics;.

To acquaint the students with tools and techniques that are useful in their

profession in Managerial Decision Making which will enhance their employability;

To gain understanding of some Macroeconomic concepts to improve their ability

to understand the business climate;

To prepare and understand balance sheet at an elementary level.

Syllabus

Nature of economics. Demand and Supply Analysis, demand curve, supply curve and

equilibrium price determination. Production economics, economies of Scale, optimal

quantity determination, Production and Cost functions, the law of Diminishing Marginal

Productivity, Costs, Break-Even Analysis Chart Preparation and Cost-Volume-Profit

Analysis. Market Structure and Price-Output Decisions under various competition

situations and Collusion/Cartel formations in the real life situation. Monetary theory,

functions of RBI and NI. Computation and some aspects of macro economics. Capital

Budgeting decisions, forecasting techniques and elementary Balance Sheet..

Expected Outcome

A student who has undergone this course

would be able to make investment decisions based on capital budgeting methods in

alignment with microeconomic and macroeconomic theories.

would be able to analyse the profitability of the firm, economy of operation,

determination of price under various market situations with good grasp on the

effect of trade cycles in business.

would gain knowledge on Monetary theory, measures by RBI in controlling

interest rate and emerging concepts like Bit Coin.

would gain knowledge of elementary accounting concepts used for preparing

balance sheet and interpretation of balance sheet

Page 115: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Plan

Unit Topics Hours

Allotted

Percentage

Marks

I Nature of Economics Definitions of Economics and their

limitations, Economic Problems (2 Hrs.), Economic

Systems, meaning of Business or Managerial Economics (2

Hrs.)and its role and relevance in managerial decision

making in an industrial setting (2 Hrs).

6 15%

II Demand and Supply Analysis Demand Curve, Demand

function (2 Hrs.), Elasticity of demand and its estimation (2

Hrs.), Supply curve, equilibrium price and price mechanism

(2 Hrs).

6 15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

III Production Economics Economies of Scale and

Diseconomies of Scale (1 Hr.), Production and Cost

Functions. Factors of Production (2 Hrs.), Law of

Diminishing marginal Productivity. Construction and

analysis of Break Even Charts (3 Hrs.)

6 15%

IV Market Structure and Price-Output Decisions Price and

output determination under Perfect Competition, Monopoly

and Monopolistic Competition (3 Hrs.). Collusion and

Cartel, Nash Equilibrium (3 Hrs.).

6 15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM

V Money, National Income and Taxation Money, Emerging

Bit Coin concept, Quantity Theory of Money, Interest Rate

Management (2 Hrs), Open Market Operations by RBI,

Selective Credit Controls, SLR, CRR (2 Hrs), Definition &

Measurement of National Income, methods, sectors of

economy (3 Hrs), inflation, deflation, trade cycles- Value-

Added Tax (2 Hrs).

9 20%

VI Investment Decisions and Balance Sheet Analysis Capital

Budgeting, Investment Analysis – NPV, IRR, Profitability

Index, ARR, Payback Period (3 Hrs), Depreciation, Time

value of money. Business Forecasting– Elementary

techniques (2 Hrs). Balance sheet preparation principles and

interpretation (4 Hrs)

9 20%

END SEMESTER EXAM

Text Book

Yogesh, Maheswari, Management Economics , PHI learning, NewDelhi, 2012

References

1. Dornbusch, Fischer and Startz, Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, 11th edition, 2010.

2. Khan M Y, Indian Financial System, Tata McGraw Hill, 7th edition, 2011.

3. Samuelson, Managerial Economics, 6th

edition, Wiley

4. Snyder C and Nicholson W, Fundamentals of Microeconomics, Cengage Learning

(India), 2010.

5. Truett, Managerial Economics: Analysis, Problems, Cases, 8th

Edition, Wiley

Welch, Economics: Theory and Practice 7th

Edition, Wiley

Page 116: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Number

Course Name L-T-P Credits Year of

introduction

HS300 Principles of Management 3-0-0 3 2016

Course Plan

Unit Topics Hours

Allotted

Percentage

Marks

I Introduction to Management: definitions, managerial roles

and functions; Science or Art perspectives- External

environment-global, innovative and entrepreneurial

perspectives of Management (3 Hrs.)– Managing people and

organizations in the context of New Era- Managing for

competitive advantage - the Challenges of Management (3

Hrs.)

6 15%

II Early Contributions and Ethics in Management:

Scientific Management- contributions of Taylor, Gilbreths,

6 15%

Course Objectives

To develop ability to critically analyse and evaluate a variety of management

practices in the contemporary context;

To understand and apply a variety of management and organisational theories

in practice;

To be able to mirror existing practices or to generate their own innovative

management competencies, required for today's complex and global

workplace;

To be able to critically reflect on ethical theories and social responsibility

ideologies to create sustainable organisations.

Syllabus

Definition, roles and functions of a manager, management and its science and art

perspectives, management challenges and the concepts like, competitive advantage,

entrepreneurship and innovation. Early contributors and their contributions to the field of

management Corporate Social Responsibility. Planning, Organizing, Staffing and HRD

functions, Leading and Controlling form the core content of this course. Decision making

under certainty, uncertainty and risk, creative process and innovation involved in decision

making..

Expected Outcome

A student who has undergone this course

would be able to manage people and organisations

would be able to critically analyse and evaluate management theories and practices

would be able to plan and make decisions for organisations

would be able to do staffing and related HRD functions

Page 117: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Human Relations approach-contributions of Mayo,

McGregor's Theory, Ouchi's Theory Z (3 Hrs.) Systems

Approach, the Contingency Approach, the Mckinsey 7-S

Framework Corporate Social responsibility- Managerial

Ethics. (3 Hrs)

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

III Planning: Nature and importance of planning, -types of

plans (3 Hrs.)- Steps in planning, Levels of planning - The

Planning Process. – MBO (3 Hrs.).

6 15%

IV Organising for decision making: Nature of organizing,

organization levels and span of control in management

Organisational design and structure –departmentation, line

and staff concepts (3 Hrs.) Limitations of decision making-

Evaluation and selecting from alternatives- programmed and

non programmed decisions - decision under certainty,

uncertainty and risk-creative process and innovation (3 Hrs.)

6 15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM

V Staffing and related HRD Functions: definition,

Empowerment, staff – delegation, decentralization and

recentralisation of authority – Effective Organizing and

culture-responsive organizations –Global and

entrepreneurial organizing (3 Hrs.) Manager inventory

chart-matching person with the job-system approach to

selection (3 Hrs.) Job design-skills and personal

characteristics needed in managers-selection process,

techniques and instruments (3 Hrs.)

9 20%

VI Leading and Controlling: Leading Vs Managing – Trait

approach and Contingency approaches to leadership -

Dimensions of Leadership (3 Hrs.) - Leadership Behavior

and styles – Transactional and Transformational Leadership

(3 Hrs.) Basic control process- control as a feedback system

– Feed Forward Control – Requirements for effective

control – control techniques – Overall controls and

preventive controls – Global controlling (3 Hrs.)

9 20%

END SEMESTER EXAM

Text Book

Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill

Education, 10th

Edition.

References

1. Daft, New era Management, 11th

Edition, Cengage

2. Griffin, Management Principles and Applications, 10th

Edition, Cengage

3. Heinz Weirich, Mark V Cannice and Harold Koontz, Management: a Global,

Innovative and Entrepreneurial Perspective, McGraw Hill Education, 14th

Edition

4. Peter F Drucker, The Practice of Management, McGraw Hill, New York

5. Robbins and Coulter, Management, 13th

Edition, 2016, Pearson Education

Page 118: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits Year of

Introduction

CE232 MATERIAL TESTING LAB -I 0-0-3-1 2016

Prerequisite : CE201 Mechanics of Solids

Course objectives: The experimental work involved in this laboratory should make the student understand the fundamental modes of loading of the structures and also make measurements of loads, displacements and strains. Relating these quantities, the student should be able to obtain the strength of the material and stiffness properties of structural elements. Course Outcomes: The students will be able to undertake the testing of materials when subjected to different types of

loading.

List of Experiments: ( 10 Experiments mandatory) 1. Tension test on Structural Materials: Mild Steel and Tor steel (HYSD bars) ( Universal

Testing machine and suitable extensometer) 2. Shear test on mild steel rod (Compression Testing Machine and Shear Shackle) 3. Bending test on mild steel ( I sections) ( Universal Testing Machine) 4. Torsion test on Mild steel circular bars ( Torsion Testing Machine) 5. Torsion test on Steel/Copper/ Aluminum wires

a. Using Torsion Pendulum with Central disk b. Using Torsion Pendulum with distributed Mass

6. Impact test a. Izod test (Impact Testing Machine) b. Charpy test (Impact Testing Machine)

7. Hardness test a. Brinell Hardness test (Brinnel Hardenss Testing Machine) b. Rockwell Hardness test (Rockwell Hardness Testing Machine) c. Vickers Hardness test (Vickers Hardness Testing Machine)

8. Test On Springs a. Open coil (Spring Testing Machine) b. Close coil ( Spring Testing Machine)

9. Bending Test on Timber ( Universal Testing Machine and dial Gauge) 10. Bend & Rebend test on M S Rods 11. Verification of Clerk Maxwells Theorem 12. Demonstration of Fatigue Test 13. Study/demonstration of Strain Gauges and load cells

Books/Manuals /References:- 1. Testing of Engineering Materials by George E Troxell, Harmer E Davis, G Hauck,McGraw-

Hill,Newyork 2. Testing of Metallic Materials by Prof. A V K Suryanaraya, Prentice Hall, India, Pvt Ltd. 3. Mechanical Behavior of Materials, by N Dowling,Prentice Hall, 1993. Internal Continuous Evaluation - 100 marks

Record/output (Average) - 60 marks Viva-voce (Average) - 10 marks

Final practical exam – 30 marks

Page 119: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits Year of

Introduction

CE234 FLUID MECHANICS

LABORATORY 0-0-3-1 2016

Prerequisite : CE203 Fluid Mechanics- I

Course objectives

1. Students should be able to verify the principles studied in theory by performing the experiments in laboratory

Expected Outcome

1. The students will be able to understand the different flow measurement equipment’s and their

procedures.

2. The students will be able to analyze the performance characteristics pumps/turbines.

3. Able to develop the skill of experimentation techniques for the study of flow phenomena in

channels/pipes.

List of Experiments (Minimum 12 nos. mandatory)

1. Study of taps, valves, pipe fittings, gauges, pitot tubes, water meters and current meters.

2. Calibration of Pressure gauges

3. Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies.

4. Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem

5. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouth pieces under constant head method and time of

emptying method.

6. Calibration of Venturimeter.

7. Calibration of Orifice meter

8. Calibration of water meter.

9. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches.

10. Time of Emptying : unsteady flow

11. Determination of Darcy’s and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow.

12. Determination of Chezy’s constant and Manning’s number for open channel flow.

13. Plotting Specific Energy Curves in Open Channel flow

14. Study of Parameters of Hydraulic Jump in Open channel Flow.

15. Determination of friction co-efficient in pipes

16. Determination of loss co-efficient for pipe fittings

Page 120: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

17. Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump.

18. Performance characteristics of Pelton wheel.

19. Performance characteristics of Francis turbine.

20. Performance characteristics of Kaplan turbine.

Internal Continuous Evaluation - 100 marks

Record/output (Average) - 60 marks

Viva-voce (Average) - 10 marks

Final practical exam -30 marks

Page 121: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

3

BRANCH:Civil Engineering

SEMESTER - 5

Course Code

Course Name L-T-P Credits Exam Slot

CE301 Design of Concrete Structures I 3-1-0 4 A

CE303 Structural Analysis- II 3-0-0 3 B

CE305 Geotechnical Engineering- II 3-0-0 3 C

CE307 Geomatics 3-0-0 3 D

CE309 Water Resources Engineering 3-0-0 3 E

Elective 1 3-0-0 3 F

CE341 Design Project 0-1-2 2 S

CE331 Materials Testing Lab II 0-0-3 1 T

CE333 Geotechnical Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1 U

Total Credits = 23 Hours: 28 Cumulative Credits= 117

Elective 1:- 1. CE361 Advanced Concrete Technology

2. CE363 Geotechnical Investigation

3. CE365 Functional Design of Buildings

4. CE367 Water Conveyance Systems

5. CE369 Disaster Management

6. CE371 Environment and Pollution

7. CE 373 Advanced Mechanics of Materials

Page 122: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

3

BRANCH:Civil Engineering

SEMESTER - 5

Course Code

Course Name L-T-P Credits Exam Slot

CE301 Design of Concrete Structures I 3-1-0 4 A

CE303 Structural Analysis- II 3-0-0 3 B

CE305 Geotechnical Engineering- II 3-0-0 3 C

CE307 Geomatics 3-0-0 3 D

CE309 Water Resources Engineering 3-0-0 3 E

Elective 1 3-0-0 3 F

CE341 Design Project 0-1-2 2 S

CE331 Materials Testing Lab II 0-0-3 1 T

CE333 Geotechnical Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1 U

Total Credits = 23 Hours: 28 Cumulative Credits= 117

Elective 1:- 1. CE361 Advanced Concrete Technology

2. CE363 Geotechnical Investigation

3. CE365 Functional Design of Buildings

4. CE367 Water Conveyance Systems

5. CE369 Disaster Management

6. CE371 Environment and Pollution

7. CE 373 Advanced Mechanics of Materials

Page 123: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits Year of

Introduction

CE301 DESIGN OF CONCRETE

STRUCTURES I 3-1-0-4 2016

Pre-requisites: CE202 Structural Analysis I

Course objectives:

To provide the students with the knowledge of the behavior of reinforced concrete structural

elements in flexure, shear, compression and torsion

To enable them to design essential elements such as beams, columns, slabs staircases and

footings under various loads.

Syllabus:

Introduction- Limit State method of design- Analysis of singly reinforced rectangular beams- shear

strength of RC beam-design of shear reinforcement-bond and development length- curtailment of

reinforcement-design of singly reinforced beams-analysis and design of doubly reinforced beams –

simply supported , cantilever- analysis of singly reinforced T-beams -design for torsion-design of

one-way slab- cantilever slab- continuous slab (detailing only)- two way slabs- design using code

coefficients- Limit State of Serviceability-deflection-cracking -Stair cases- design & detailing-

Columns-effective length-design of axially loaded short columns with rectangular ties and helical

reinforcement.

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. Apply the fundamental concepts of limit state method

ii. Use IS code of practice for the design of concrete elements

iii. Understand the structural behavior of reinforced concrete elements in bending, shear,

compression and torsion.

iv. Design beams, slab, stairs, columns and draw the reinforcement details.

v. Analyze and design for deflection and crack control of reinforced concrete members.

Text Books / References:

1. Pillai S.U & Menon D – Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co .,

2005

2. Punmia, B. C, Jain A.K and, Jain A.K ,RCC Designs, Laxmi Publications Ltd., 10e, 2015

3. Varghese P.C, Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd,,

2008

4. Relevant IS codes ( I.S 456, I.S 875, SP 34 )

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction- Plain and Reinforced concrete- Properties of concrete

and reinforcing steel-Objectives of design-Different design

philosophies- Working Stress and Limit State methods-Limit State

9 15

Page 124: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Note

1. All designs shall be done as per current IS specifications

2. Special importance shall be given to detailing in designs

3. During tutorial hours detailing practice shall be done.

4. SI units shall be followed.

5. IS 456-2000 shall be permitted for the End Semester Examination

method of design-Introduction to BIS code- Types of limit states-

characteristic and design values-partial safety factors-types of loads

and their factors.

Limit State of Collapse in Bending-assumptions-stress-strain

relationship of steel and concrete- analysis of singly reinforced

rectangular beams-balanced-under reinforced-over reinforced

sections-moment of resistance codal provisions

II

Limit state of collapse in shear and bond- shear stresses in beams-

types of reinforcement-shear strength of RC beam-IS code

recommendations for shear design-design of shear reinforcement-

examples

Bond and development length - anchorage for reinforcement bars -

code recommendations regarding curtailment of reinforcement

9

15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Design of Singly Reinforced Beams- basic rules for design- design

example of simply supported beam- design of cantilever beam-

detailing Analysis and design of doubly reinforced beams –

detailing, T-beams- terminology- analysis of T beams- examples -

Design for torsion-IS code approach- examples.

9 15

IV

Design of slabs- introduction- one-way and two-way action of slabs

- load distribution in a slab- IS recommendations for design of

slabs- design of one-way slab- cantilever slab- numerical problems

– concepts of detailing of continuous slab –code coefficients.

9 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Two- way slabs- simply supported and restrained slabs – design

using IS Code coefficients Reinforcement detailing

Limit State of Serviceability- limit state of deflection- short term

and long term deflection-IS code recommendations- limit state of

cracking- estimation of crack width- simple numerical examples

10 20

VI

Stair cases- Types-proportioning-loads- distribution of loads – codal

provisions - design and detailing of dog legged stair- Concepts of

tread-riser type stairs (detailing only)

Columns- introduction –classification- effective length- short

column - long column - reinforcement-IS specifications regarding

columns- limit state of collapse: compression -design of axially

loaded short columns-design examples with rectangular ties and

helical reinforcement

10 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 125: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1. Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

Page 126: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits Year of

Introduction

CE303 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS -11 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite: CE201 Mechanics of Solids

Course objectives: To equip the students with the force and displacement methods of structural analysis with emphasis

on analysis of rigid frames and trusses

Syllabus : Slope Deflection Method, Moment Distribution Method, Clapeyrons Theorem (Three Moment Equation) ,

Kani’s method of analysis, Beams curved in Plan, Plastic Theory

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. analyse structures using force method

ii. analyse structures using displacement method

iii. analyse curved beams in plan

iv. analyse structures using plastic theory

Text Books :

1. Kenneth Leet, Chia M Uang & Anne M Gilbert., Fundamentals of Structural Analysis,

McGraw Hill, 4e, 2010

2. R. Vaidyanathan and P. Perumal, Structural Analysis Volume I & II, Laxmi Publications

(P) Ltd., 2017

3. Reddy . C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 3e, 2011

References:

1. Daniel L Schodak, Structures, Pearson Education, 7e, 2014

2. Hibbeler, RC, Structural analysis, Pearson Education, 2012

3. Kinney J. S., Indeterminate Structural Analysis, Oxford & IBH, 1966

4. Negi L. S. and Jangid R. S, Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 1997

5. Rajasekaran S. and Sankarasubramanian G., Computational Structural Mechanics, PHI,

2008

6. S.S. Bhavikatti, Structural Analysis II, Vikas Publication Houses (P) Ltd, 2016

7. SP:6 (6): Application of Plastic Theory in Design of Steel Structures, Bureau of Indian

Standards, 1972

8. Timoshenko S. P. and Young D. H., Theory of Structures, McGraw Hill, 2e, 1965

9. Utku S, Norris C. H & Wilbur J. B, Elementary Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill, 1990

10. Wang C. K., Intermediate Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 1989

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I Clapeyrons Theorem (Three Moment Equation) :Derivation of three 7 15

Page 127: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note :

1. Each part should have at least one question from each module.

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

moment equation - application of three moment equation for analysis of

continuous beams under the effect of applied loads and uneven support

settlement.

II

Slope Deflection Method : Analysis of continuous beams- beams with

overhang- analysis of rigid frames - frames without sway and with sway -

different types of loads -settlement effects

7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III Moment Distribution Method: Moment Distribution method – analysis

of beams and frames – non sway and sway analysis . 7 15

IV

Kani’s Method: Kani’s Method of analysis applied to continuous beams

and single bay single storey rigid frames rigid frames – frames without

sway and with sway.

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V Beams curved in plan: Analysis of cantilever beam curved in plan,

analysis of circular beams over simple supports. 7 20

VI

Plastic Theory: Introduction – plastic hinge concepts – plastic modulus –

shape factor – redistribution of moments – collapse mechanisms –

Plastic analysis of beams and portal frames by equilibrium and

mechanism methods.(Single Storey and Single bay Frames only)

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 128: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE305 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - II 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite CE208 Geotechnical Engineering - I

Course objectives:

To impart to the students, in-depth knowledge about the basic concepts and theories of

foundation engineering;

To enable the students to acquire proper knowledge about various methods of foundation

analysis for different practical situations.

Syllabus:

Stresses in subsoil due to loaded areas of various shapes, Boussinesq’s formula, Newmark’s chart,

Lateral earth pressure, Rankine’s and Coulomb’ theories, Influence of surcharge, inclined backfill,

water table and layering, Terzaghi’s bearing capacity theory for isolated footings, Local and general

shear failure, Total and differential settlements, soil improvement techniques, combined footings,

raft foundations, well foundation, Problems encountered in well sinking, Pile foundations, Bearing

capacity of single pile static and dynamic formulae, Capacity of Pile groups, Machine foundation,

Methods of vibration isolation, site investigation, Guidelines for choosing spacing and depth of

borings, boring methods, Standard Penetration Test.

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to understand

i. the basic concepts, theories and methods of analysis in foundation engineering;

ii. the field problems related to geotechnical engineering and to take appropriate engineering

decisions.

Text Books : 1. Braja M. Das, “Principles of Foundation Engineering”, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., Delhi,

2011.

2. K. R. Arora, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers, 2011

3. Murthy V N S., “Advanced Foundation Engineering”, CBS Publishers & Distributors Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi, 2007

References:

1. Alam Singh., “Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice”, Vol.1, CBS Publishers &

Distributors Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 2002

2. Gopal Ranjan and and Rao A.S.R., “ Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”, New Age

International (P) Limited, New Delhi, 2002. 3. Purushothamaraj P., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Dorling Kindersley(India)

Pvt. Ltd., 2013

4. TengW.E., ”Foundation Design”, Prentice Hall , New Jersey, 1962.

5. Venkataramiah, “Geotechnical Engineering”, Universities Press (India) Limited, Hyderabad,

2000.

Page 129: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Stresses in soil due to loaded areas - Boussinesq’s formula for point

loads – assumptions [no derivation required] – Comments -

numerical problems

Vertical stress beneath loaded areas of strip, rectangular and

circular shapes(no derivation required)- Newmark’s

chart[construction procedure not required] - Isobars- Pressure bulbs-

numerical problems

6 15

II

Lateral earth pressure – At-rest, active and passive earth pressures –

Practical examples

Rankine’s and Coulomb’ theories[no derivation required]-Influence

of surcharge, inclined backfill and water table on earth pressure-

numerical problems

Earth pressure on retaining walls with layered backfill- numerical

problems

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Bearing capacity of shallow foundations – Ultimate, safe and

allowable bearing capacity. - Failure mechanism, assumptions and

equation of Terzaghi’s bearing capacity theory for strip footing[no

derivation required] – Terzaghi’s formulae for circular and square

footings numerical problems

Local and general shear failure - Factors affecting bearing capacity –

Influence of water table - numerical problems

Total and differential settlement- Causes - Methods of reducing

differential settlement–Brief discussion on soil improvement through

installation of drains and preloading.

7 15

IV

Combined footings- Rectangular and Trapezoidal combined footings

- numerical problems

Raft foundations (Design Concepts only) - Allowable Bearing

capacity of Rafts on sands and clays - Floating foundation.

Deep foundations - Elements of a well foundation – Problems

encountered in well sinking – Methods to rectify tilts and shifts

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Pile foundations - Point bearing and friction piles - Bearing capacity

of single pile in clay and sand[I.S. Static formulae] - numerical

problems

Dynamic formulae(Modified Hiley formulae only) - I.S. Pile load test

[conventional]- Negative skin friction - numerical problems

Group action - Group efficiency - Capacity of Pile groups- numerical

problems

8 20

Page 130: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

VI

Brief introduction to Machine foundation –Mass spring model for

undamped free vibrations - Natural frequency – Coefficient of

uniform elastic compression – Methods of vibration isolation

Brief introduction to site investigation –Objectives - Guidelines for

choosing spacing and depth of borings [I.S. guidelines only] - Auger

boring and wash boring methods - Standard Penetration Test –

procedure, corrections and correlations.

9 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 131: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE307 GEOMATICS 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : CE207 Surveying

Course objectives:

To impart awareness on the advanced surveying techniques

To understand the errors associated with survey measurements

To provide a basic understanding on geospatial data acquisition and its process

Syllabus:

Traverse Survey, Curve Surveying, Global Navigation Satellite System, Global Positioning

Systems, Remote Sensing, Geographical Information System

Course Outcomes:

The students will possess knowledge on the advanced methods of surveying, the instruments

and the spatial representation of data.

Text Books / References:

1. Dr. B.C. Punmia , Ashok Kumar Jain & Arun Kumar Jain - Surveying , Laxmi publications

(P) Ltd , 2005

2. Prof. T.P. Kenetkar and Prof. S.V. Kulkarni - Surveying and Levelling, Pune Vidyarthi Griha

Prakashan,2004

3. R.Agor - A Text book of Surveying and Levelling, Khanna Publishers, 2005

4. S.K. Duggal - Surveying Vol. II, Tata McGraw Hill Ltd ,Reprint 2015

References :

1. Burrough P , Principles of Geographical Information systems, Oxford University Press, 1998

2. Chang,K , “Introduction to Geographic Information Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Co. Ltd, 2008

3. George Joseph, “Fundamentals of Remote Sensing”, University Press, 2003

4. Iliffe, C.J., Datums and Map Projections for Remote Sensing, GIS and Surveying, Whittles

Publishing, 2006

5. James M Andersen, Edward M Mikhail, Surveying Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill

education, 7e, 1998

6. Kang-tsung Chang, „Introduction to GIS‟ , Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 8e, 2016

7. Lillesand M and Kiefer W, “Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation”. John Wiley and

Sons,Inc., 2000

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I Traverse Surveying - Methods of traversing, Checks in closed traverse,

Traverse computations, Balancing the traverse- methods 6 15

Page 132: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

II

Curve Surveying – Elements of simple and compound curves –

Method of setting out– Elements of Reverse curve (Introduction

only)– Transition curve – length of curve – Elements of transition

curve - Vertical curve (introduction only)

8 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Global Navigation Satellite System- Types, Global Positioning

Systems-Components and Principles, Satellite ranging-calculating

position, Satellite signal structure, code phase and carrier phase

measurements, GPS errors and biases, Application of GPS

6 15

IV

GPS Surveying methods-Static, Rapid static , Kinematic methods –

DGPS, Phases of GPS Survey -Planning and preparation, Field

operation-horizontal and vertical control, data sheet, visibility

diagram, Processing and report preparation,

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Remote Sensing : Definition- Electromagnetic spectrum-Energy

interactions with atmosphere and earth surface features-spectral

reflectance of vegetation, soil and water- Classification of sensors-

Active and Passive, Resolution-spatial, spectral radiometric and

Temporal resolution, Multi spectral scanning-Along track and across

track scanning

8 20

VI

Geographical Information System-components of GIS, GIS

operations, Map projections- methods, Coordinate systems-

Geographic and Projected coordinate systems, Data Types- Spatial

and attribute data, Raster and vector data representation-Data Input

methods-Geometric Transformation-RMS error, Vector data

Analysis-buffering, overlay.

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 133: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE309 WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite : NIL

Course objectives

To impart knowledge regarding the availability of water on hydrosphere, its distribution and

quantification

To convey the knowledge on the scientific methods for computing irrigation water

requirements

To communicate fundamental knowledge on reservoir engineering and river engineering

Syllabus

Hydrologic cycle, Precipitation, Infiltration and Evaporation-measurement and data analysis.

Runoff-components and computation, Hydrograph, Unit Hydrograph and S-Hydrograph. Irrigation

types and methods-Soil water plant relationships, Frequency of irrigation, Computation of crop

water requirement. Stream flow measurement -Stage-discharge curve. Meandering of rivers, river

training works. Surface water systems: diversion and storage systems, reservoir - estimation of

storage capacity and yield of reservoirs - reservoir sedimentation -useful life of reservoir.

Groundwater - Aquifer types and properties - Steady radial flow into a well. Estimation of yield of

an open well.

Expected Outcome

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to :

i. Describe the hydrologic cycle and estimate the different components

ii. Determine crop water requirements for design of irrigation systems

iii. Compute the yield of aquifers and wells.

iv. Know the features of various river training works

v. Estimate the storage capacity of reservoirs and their useful life.

Text Books:

1. Arora, K.R., “Irrigation, Water Power and Water Resources Engineering”, Standard Publishers

Distributors, New Delhi, 2009.

2. Garg S.K, Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures Khanna Publishers New Delhi 2006.

3. Modi. P. N. Irrigation, Water Resources and Water Power Engineering, S.B.H Publishers and

Distributors New Delhi 2009.

4. Punmia B.C. Ashok K Jain, Arun K Jain, B. B. L Pande, Irrigation and Water Power

Engineering, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd. 2010.

References:

1. Asawa. G.L. Irrigation and Water Resources Engineering, New Age International, 2000

2. Ojha.C.S.P., R.Berndtsson, P. Bhunya, Engineering Hydrology, Oxford university Press, 2015.

3. Patra. K.C., Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering, CRC Press, 2010.

4. Sahasrabudhe S.R., Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic Structures, S.K. Kataria & Sons, 2013.

5. Subramanya. K., Engineering Hydrology, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2011

6. Todd D. K., Ground Water Hydrology, Wiley, 2005.

7. Ven Te Chow, David R Maidment, L.W Mays., Applied Hydrology, McGraw Hill, 1988

8. Warren Viessman, G.L. Lewis, Introduction to Hydrology, Pearson Education, 2003.

Page 134: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Hydrologic cycle-precipitation-mechanism, types and forms.

Measurement of rainfall using rain gauges-optimum number of rain

gauges. Estimation of missing precipitation. Representation of

rainfall data-mass curve and hyetograph. Computation of mean

precipitation over a catchment. Design rainfall - probable

maximum rainfall. Infiltration-measurement by double ring

infiltrometer. Horton’s model. Evaporation-measurement by IMD

land pan, control of evaporation.

8 15

II

Runoff-components of runoff-methods of estimation of runoff-

infiltration indices, Hydrograph analysis-Hydrograph from isolated

storm-Base flow separation. Unit hydrograph –uses. Assumptions

and limitations of unit hydrograph theory. Computation of

storm/flood hydrograph of different duration by method of

superposition and by development of S– Hydrograph.

8 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Irrigation– Necessity, Benefits and ill effects. Types: flow and lift

irrigation - perennial and inundation irrigation. Methods: flooding,

furrow, sprinkler and drip irrigation (concepts only, no design

aspects/problems), Soil water plant relationships, soil moisture

constants, Computation of crop water requirement: depth and

frequency of Irrigation, Duty and delta, relationship, variation of

duty, factors. Computation of design discharge of conveyance

channels, Irrigation efficiencies. Consumptive use of water:

concept of Evapotranspiration. (No detailed discussion on

estimation procedures)

6 15

IV

Stream flow measurement: methods, Estimation of stream flow by

area velocity method only, Stage discharge curve. Meandering of

rivers, River training – objectives and classification, description of

river training works.

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Surface Water system: diversion and storage systems, necessity.

River flow: Flow duration Curve, Firm yield. Reservoirs-types of

reservoirs, zones of storage reservoir, reservoir planning-storage

capacity and yield of reservoirs-analytical method and mass curve

method. Reservoir sedimentation: trap efficiency, methods for

control. Computation of useful life of reservoir.

7 20

VI

Ground water : vertical distribution of groundwater, classification

of saturated formation, water table, Aquifer properties : Porosity,

Specific yield, specific retention, Types of aquifers. Darcy’s law,

co-efficient of permeability, Transmissibility. Wells- Steady radial

flow into a fully penetrating well in Confined and Unconfined

aquifers. Estimation of yield of an open well, pumping and

recuperation tests. Tube wells – types.

7 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 135: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2 Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

Page 136: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE361 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite: CE204 Construction Technology,

Course objectives:

To understand the behaviour of fresh and hardened concrete.

To make aware the recent developments in concrete technology

To understand factors affecting the strength, workability and durability of concrete

To impart the methods of proportioning of concrete mixtures

Syllabus:

Review of Materials for concrete making. chemical and physical processes of hydration , Properties

of fresh concrete - Mineral admixtures - Chemical Admixtures - Proportioning of concrete

mixtures. Properties of hardened concrete- Durability of concrete, Non-destructive testing of

concrete – special concretes

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to:

i. Understand the testing of concrete materials as per IS code

ii. Know the procedure to determine the properties of fresh and hardened of concrete

iii. Design the concrete mix using ACI and IS code methods

iv. Select and Design special concretes depending on their specific applications

v. Gain ideas on non-destructive testing of concrete

Text books:

1. Neville A.M.,‟Properties of Concrete‟, Trans-Atlantic Publications, Inc.; 5e, 2012

2. Job Thomas., “ Concrete Technology”, Cenage learning,

3. R. Santhakumar „ Concrete Technology‟, Oxford Universities Press, 2006

4. Shetty M. S., Concrete Technology‟, S. Chand & Co., 2006

References:

1. Mehta and Monteiro, „Concrete-Micro structure, Properties and Materials‟, McGraw Hill

Professional

2. Neville A. M. and Brooks J. J., Concrete Technology, Pearson Education, 2010

3. Lea, Chemistry of Cement and Concrete‟, Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, 5e, 2017

4. Bungey, Millard, Grantham – Testing of Concrete in Structures- Taylor and Francis, 2006

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Aggregates: Review of types; sampling and testing; effects on

properties of concrete, production of artificial aggregates.

Cements: Review of types of cements, chemical composition;

properties and tests, chemical and physical process of hydration,

6 15

Page 137: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester exam)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

.Blended cements.

II

Properties of fresh concrete - basics regarding fresh concrete –

mixing, workability, placement, consolidation, and curing,

segregation and bleeding

Chemical Admixtures: types and classification; actions and

interactions; usage; effects on properties of concrete.

7

15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Mineral Admixtures: Flyash, ground granulated blast furnace slag,

metakaolin, rice-husk ash and

silica fume; chemical composition; physical characteristics; effects

on properties of concrete; advantages and disadvantages.

Proportioning of concrete mixtures: Factors considered in the

design of mix . BIS Method, ACI method.

6 15

IV

Properties of hardened concrete: Strength- compressive tensile

and flexure - Elastic properties - Modulus of elasticity - Creep-

factors affecting creep, effect of creep - shrinkage- factors affecting

shrinkage, plastic shrinkage, drying shrinkage, autogeneous

shrinkage, carbonation shrinkage

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Durability of concrete: Durability concept; factors affecting,

reinforcement corrosion; fire resistance; frost damage; sulfate

attack; alkali silica reaction; concrete in sea water, statistical quality

control, acceptance criteria as per BIS code.

Non-destructive testing of concrete: Surface Hardness, Ultrasonic,

Penetration resistance, Pull-out test, chemical testing for chloride

and carbonation- core cutting - measuring reinforcement cover.

9 20

VI

Special concretes - Lightweight concrete- description of various

types -High strength concrete - Self compacting concrete -Roller

compacted concrete – Ready mixed concrete – Fibre reinforced

concrete - polymer concrete

Special processes and technology for particular types of

structure - Sprayed concrete; underwater concrete, mass concrete;

slip form construction, Prefabrication technology

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 138: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE363 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite : CE208 Geotechnical Engineering - I

Course objectives:

To impart to the students, a clear idea about how a geotechnical investigation programme is

to be planned and executed;

To impart in-depth knowledge about the various methods of geotechnical investigation and

the field tests to be conducted in different situations.

Syllabus:

Objectives of soil exploration – Planning of a sub-surface exploration programme –Methods of

exploration - Sounding methods – Standard Penetration Test - Cone Penetration Tests - Plate load

test – Pressure meter test - Geophysical methods ––pile load tests -Factors affecting sample

disturbance and methods to minimise them –Types of samplers and Core retainers –Rock Quality

Designation– Sub-soil investigation report

Expected Outcomes:

i. The students will be able to understand the procedure, applicability and limitations of

various methods of geotechnical investigation;

ii. Ability of the students in making proper engineering judgments and in taking appropriate

decisions related to geotechnical investigations will be significantly improved.

Text Books: 1. Gopal Ranjan and Rao A.S.R., “ Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”, New Age International (P)

Limited, New Delhi, 2002.

2. Venkataramaiah, “Geotechnical Engineering”, Universities Press (India) Limited, Hyderabad,

2000.

References: 1. Arora K.R., “ Geotechnical Engineering”, Standard Publishers Distributors, New Delhi, 2006.

2. Joseph E. Bowles, „Foundation Analysis and Design‟, Mc. Graw Hill Inc., New York, 1988.

3. Purushothamaraj P., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Dorling Kindersley(India)

Pvt. Ltd., 2013

4. Terzaghi K. and R. B. Peck, Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice, John Wiley, 1967.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction and practical importance - Objectives of soil exploration

– Planning of a sub-surface exploration programme –Collection of

existing information, reconnaissance, preliminary and detailed

investigation - I.S. and other guidelines for deciding the number, size,

spacing and depth of boreholes

7 15

Page 139: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

II

Methods of exploration - Open pits – Auger boring- -Wash boring,

percussion drilling, rotary drilling – Comparison of the methods of

exploration- Stabilization of bore holes

Plate load test – Procedure, uses and limitations – modulus of

subgrade reaction- Solution of numerical problems using plate load

test data

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Sounding methods Standard Penetration Test – Procedure –

corrections to be applied to observed N values – Procedure for

estimation of representative average N value – Numerical examples -

Factors influencing the SPT results and precautions to obtain reliable

results – Merits/drawbacks of the test – Correlations of N value with

various engineering and index properties of soils

Static Cone Penetration Test – Procedure – Merits/drawbacks –

Correlation of static CPT results with soil properties -Dynamic Cone

Penetration Test – Procedure – Merits/drawbacks –

Critical comparison of SPT, static CPT and dynamic CPT

8 15

IV

Geophysical methods – Seismic refraction method – Procedure, uses,

limitations – Solution of numerical problems to estimate the velocity

of seismic waves and the thickness of upper layer of a two-layered

soil system - Electrical resistivity method – Electrical profiling and

electrical sounding – Procedure, uses, limitations

Pressure meter test - Procedure –Uses - limitations

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Soil sampling – Undisturbed, disturbed, and representative samples –

Chunk and tube samples – Factors affecting sample disturbance and

methods to minimise them –Area ratio - Inside clearance - Outside

clearance - Recovery ratio –Ball check valve – Handling and

transportation of samples – Extrusion of samples

Types of samplers – Thin walled sampler – Piston sampler – Split

spoon sampler – Methods for collection of sand samples from

beneath the water table - Core retainers

8 20

VI

Rock Quality Designation –Bore log – Soil profile – Sub-soil

investigation report

Static pile load test – procedure for estimation of safe load - Cyclic

pile load test –Procedure for separation of end bearing and skin

friction resistance- solution of numerical problems using static and

cyclic pile load test data

7 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 140: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

Page 141: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE365 FUNCTIONAL DESIGN OF BUILDINGS 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : CE204 Construction Technology

Course objectives:

To understand the acoustical design concepts and noise control techniques

To impart the fundamental concepts of natural and artificial lighting designs

To provide principles of climatic conscious design of buildings with special emphasis on

tropical climates.

To understand the apparent position of sun with respect to earth during different periods of

the year and apply it in computation of solar radiation and design of shading devices.

Syllabus:

Acoustics : Physics of sound- Behavior of sound- Sound insulation and reverberation control

Lighting: Principles- Day lighting and artificial lighting – design methods

Thermal design of buildings: Climatic elements – classification- thermal comfort and indices-solar

radiation calculations and design of shading devices.

Thermo physical properties of building materials and thermal control- passive and active building

design- Steady and periodic heat flow through building envelope. Concept of green building.

Expected Outcomes:

On completion of the course, the students will be able to:

i. Analyze and make effective decisions in use of principles of functional planning of the

buildings with respect to Acoustics and Lighting and Thermal design of buildings in

various climatic zones that the student may encounter in his/her professional career.

ii. Select different building materials and explain the manner in which they can be used in

different types of buildings with respect to various functional requirements like

acoustics, lighting and thermal comfort.

iii. Apply the techniques learned to the estimate solar radiation falling on different

surfaces of the buildings, design shading devices to protect from direct sunlight,

design of energy efficient, functionally comfortable buildings, low energy buildings

and green buildings.

References :

1. Ajitha Simha.D, Building Environment, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1985

2. Bureau of Indian standards, Handbook on Functional Requirement of Buildings – SP:41(S and T) –

1987

3. Givoni. B Man,. Climate and Architecture, Applied Science Publication, 1976

4. Knudsen V.O. and Harris C.M., Acoustical Design in Architecture, John Wiley, 1980

5. Koenigseberger, Manual of tropical Housing and Building Part I – Climatic design, Orient Longman,

2011

6. Krishnan, Climate responsive architecture, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999

7. M David Egan , Architectural Acoustics, J.Ross Publishing, 2007

8. Olgay Victor, Design with climate-A bioclimatic approach to architectural regionalism- Princeton

University press-1963

Page 142: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Acoustics, fundamentals: Physics of sound-Frequency, period

amplitude. Intensity of sound- Watts/m2- Bel- Decibel scales- dBA-

Phon. Addition of sound levels. Human Audibility range. Behavior

of sound in free and reverberant fields. Noise- allowable limits-

effect of noise on human-Air and structure born noises-equivalent

noise levels-day and night equivalent.

7 15

II

Acoustics, applications: Measures of noise control- Source-path

and receiving end. TL value and computation of TL value,

Flanking paths. Sound absorption-materials and fixings.

Reverberation-Sabines formula-Eyrings modification. Acoustical

defects- acoustical design of auditoriums and small lecture halls.

Acoustical considerations of offices, hospitals and Industrial

buildings.

7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Lighting, Natural: Visual tasks – Natural lighting- illumination

requirements for various buildings –principles of day lighting – day

light factor and its components- Design of side-lit windows-BIS and

CBRI methods-skylights

6 15

IV

Lighting, Artificial: Artificial lighting- illumination requirements-

lux meter – lamps and luminaries – polar distribution curves–

Colour temperature and colour rendering index- glare -Design of

artificial lighting – lumen method – point by point method. Basic

idea of street lighting and outside lighting

6

15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Thermal comfort: Factors affecting thermal comfort

Effective temperature –Thermal comfort indices-ET-CET Charts-

Bioclimatic chart- Psychrometry and Psycrometric chart.

Earth-Sun relationship: Sun’s apparent movement with respect to

the earth. Solar angles-Computation of solar radiation on different

surfaces-solar path diagram-shadow-throw concept and design of

shading devices

8 20

VI

Heat flow through building envelope: Thermo physical properties

of building materials: Thermal quantities – heat flow – thermal

conductivity – resistance and transmittance and surface coefficient -

Sol- air temperature concept- solar gain factor. Thermal

transmittance of structural elements – thermal gradients – heat

gain/loss calculation. Periodic heat flow – time lag and decrement

factor.

Design approaches: Climate conscious designs- Climatic zones in

India- orientation and shape of buildings in different climatic zones-

Passive solar-Active solar and Active approaches. Requirements of

buildings in tropical areas-Thermal insulation-Introduction to the

concept of green-building

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 143: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2 Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

Page 144: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE367 WATER CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre requisite : CE206 : Fluid Mechanics - II

Course objectives:

To understand the mechanics of flow through open channel.

To develop the ability to analyse the flow in a channel in order to design canals and canal

structures.

To enable identification of the components of pipe network system.

To familiarize with analysis of water distribution systems.

Syllabus :

Open channel flow- Pressure distribution in curvilinear flows. Channel transitions with hump or

change in width. Uniform flow-composite sections, Hydraulic exponents N and M Design of

channels for uniform flow-Non erodible channel-Minimum permissible velocity-channel slopes-

best hydraulic section. Erodible channels which scour but do not silt-. Gradually varied flow

computations. Unsteady flow-Gradually and Rapidly varied unsteady flow.

Head loss due to friction in pipes , Friction factor for smooth and rough pipes, Reservoirs,

pumps and special valves, pipe network types and parameter interrelationships Analysis of water

distribution network using Hardy cross method

Expected Outcomes: i. The students will be able to predict the behaviour of flow in a channel under

different conditions.

ii. The students will understand the underlying principles and the design parameters

involved in analysis of water distribution system and become capable of analysing

a typical pipe network. Text Books :

1. Bhave P. R. and R. Gupta, Analysis of Flow in Water Distribution Networks, Narosa Publishing

House, 2013 2. Rajesh Srivastava, Flow through Open Channels, Oxford University Press, 2007.

3. Subramanya.K. Flow in Open Channels, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. 2009

References :

1. Chow V. T., Open Channel Hydraulics, McGraw Hill Book Co. New York, 1990.

2. Hanif Chaudhry.M., Open Channel Flow, Springer, 2008.

3. Hubert Chanson, Hydraulics of Open channel flow, Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004.

4. Lary W Mays, Water distribution system Hand book, Mc Graw Hill, 2000.

5. Modi P. N. and S. M. Seth, Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics, S.B.H Publishers, New Delhi, 2002

6. Richard H French, Open Chanel Hydraulics, Mc Graw Hill, 2000

7. Walksi T M, Analysis of water distribution System, Van Nostrand Reinheld G, New York, 1984

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

Page 145: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

I

Open channel flow- Pressure distribution in curvilinear flows.

Application of specific energy principle to channel transitions

with hump or change in width. Uniform flow-composite sections,

Equivalent roughness, Hydraulic exponents N and M

6 15

II

Design of channels for uniform flow-Non erodible channel-

Minimum permissible velocity-channel slopes-best hydraulic

section. Erodible channels which scour but do not silt-Methods

of approach-Method of permissible velocity-Tractive force –

Method of tractive force-stable hydraulic section.

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Gradually Varied flow computations- Direct integration method,

standard step method, Unsteady flow-Gradually varied unsteady

flow, Rapidly varied unsteady flow channels- Positive surges,

Negative surges.(No numerical problem from negative surges)

7

15

IV

Head loss due to friction in pipes-Nikuradse experiment with

artificially roughened pipe, Moody diagram, Friction coefficient

for laminar and turbulent flows, reduction of carrying capacity

with age. Hazen William’s formula.

Reservoirs-Impounding reservoir, Service and Balancing

reservoir. Two reservoir system, Three Reservoir system.

Pumps- system head discharge curve and pump head discharge

curve. Special valves-Check valve, Pressure reducing valve-

modes of operation(No numerical problem with pressure

reducing valve)

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Pipe Network types and parameter interrelationships. Rules for

solvability of pipe networks.Formulation of equations-Basic unknown

parameter, Pipe discharge equations, Nodal Head equations, Pipe

discharge correction equations, Nodal Head correction equations

8 20

VI

Analysis of water distribution network- Single and multisource

networks with known pipe resistances- Hardy cross method- Method of

balancing head, Method of balancing flow.

9 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 146: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE369 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite: NIL

Course objectives:

To provide an overview of the common hazards and their dynamics

To inculcate the basic concepts of disaster management

Syllabus : Fundamental concepts of hazards and disasters: Relationship between disasters and development, implications. Introduction to key concepts and terminology of hazard, vulnerability, exposure, risk, crisis, emergencies, Disasters, Resilience. Types of Natural Disasters I- Earth quakes, Landslides. Classification of Disasters and nature of Impacts. Types of Natural Disasters II- Floods, Coastal disasters-Tidal waves, Cyclones, Tsunamis. Classification of Disasters and nature of Impacts. Types of Anthropogenic Disasters I – Soil degradation and desertification. Types of Anthropogenic Disasters II- Fundamental concepts of water and atmospheric pollution. Hazard and disaster management plans for floods, cyclones, tidal waves.

Expected Outcomes:

The students will i. gain the general ideas about the processes involved in natural and anthropogenic

disasters

ii. understand the concepts of disaster management and measures taken to mitigate and contain common episodes of disasters

References :

1. Andrew, S., “Environmental Modeling with GIS and Remote Sensing”, John Willey, 2002 2. Ariyabandu, M. and Sahni P. “Disaster Risk Reduction in South Asia”, Prentice-Hall

(India), 2003. 3. Bell, F.G., “Geological Hazards: Their assessment, avoidance and mitigation”, E & FN

SPON Routledge, London. 1999

4. Bossler, J.D., “Manual of Geospatial Science and Technology”, Taylor and Francis, 2001 5. David Alexander, “Natural Disasters”, Research Press, New Delhi, 1993

6. Matthews, J.A., “Natural hazards and Environmental Change”, Bill McGuire, Ian Mason,

2002

7. Mitigating Natural Disasters, Phenomena, Effects and options, A Manual for policy

makers and planners, United Nations. New York, 1991

8. Nick Carter. W., “Disaster Management - A Disaster Manager's Handbook”. Asian

Development Bank, Philippines. 1991

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

Page 147: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

I

Fundamental concepts of hazards and disasters: Relationship between disasters and development, implications. Introduction to key concepts and terminology of hazard, vulnerability, exposure, risk, crisis, emergencies, Disasters, Resilience.

7 15

II

Types of Natural Disasters I- Earth quakes, Landslides.

Classification and nature of impacts. 7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III Types of Natural Disasters II- Floods, Coastal disasters- Cyclones, Tsunamis. Classification and nature of impacts.

7

15

IV Types of Anthropogenic Disasters I– soil and soil degradation,

desertification. 7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Types of Anthropogenic Disasters II-Fundamental concepts of

water and atmospheric pollution. 7 20

VI

Hazard and disaster management plans for floods, cyclones,

tidal waves. 7 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 148: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE371 Environment and Pollution 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisites: Nil

Course objectives:

To understand the various types of environmental and industrial pollution, pollutants, related

diseases and their causes

To impart the various management techniques available for pollution abatement

Syllabus Pollution, Environmental and industrial, Types. Air pollution-sources, effects, types of pollutants.

Water pollution, characteristics of water pollutants, water borne diseases, water quality standards.

Solid wastes, sources, types, control methods, soil pollution, urbanization, land degradation,

pesticide pollution. Noise pollution, sources, effects, control measures, industrial pollution,

occupational health hazards, industrial hygiene

Expected Outcomes:

i. To have a basic knowledge of various pollution sources and their effects

ii. To have an awareness of the various methods of prevention and reduction of

pollutant Text Books / References:

1. B.C.Bhartia, Environmental Pollution and Control in Chemical Process Industries, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2001.

2. Danny D Reible, Fundamentals of Environmental Engineering, CRC Press, 1998

3. Gilbert M Masters, Wendell P Ela, Introduction to Environmental Engineering and

Science, Pearson Education, 2007

4. Howard S Peavy, Donald R Rowe, George Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering,

McGrawHill Education , 1984 5. Kurian Joseph & R.Nagendran, Essentials of Environmental Studies, Pearson Education

(Singapore) Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.

6. N.N Basak, Environmental Engineering, McGrawHill Education, Reprint 2015 7. P.AarneVesiland, Introduction to Environmental Engineering, PWS publishing

company Boston, 1997. 8. Suresh K Dhameja, Environmental Engineering and Management, S.K.Kataria& Sons,

Delhi, 2010.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hour

s

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I Environment-Introduction-Multidisciplinary Nature

Components of Environment, Ecology, Ecosystem- Material Cycling-

Carbon and Nitrogen cycles

Introduction: Classification of Pollution and Pollutants of

environment, Pollution related Diseases, Basic requirements for

healthy environment

6 15

Page 149: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

II Air Pollution: Primary and Secondary Pollutants, Industrial Pollution,

Ambient Air Quality Standards, Types of air pollutants-sulfur

dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, carbon monoxide, particulate matter.

Effects of air pollutants on human, vegetation and environment

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III Water Pollution: Point and Non-point Source of Pollution, Major

Pollutants of Water, Physical, chemical and biological characteristics

of water , Water borne diseases, Water Quality standards

7 15

IV Solid Waste: Classification of Solid Waste, Composition and

Characteristics of Solid Waste, Plastic wastes; Segregation of Solid

waste, recycling and reuse of solid wastes, E-waste: Sources of

generation,.

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Land/Soil Pollution: Effects of urbanization on land degradation,

Impact of Modern Agriculture on Soil, pesticide pollution, Effect on

Environment and Life sustenance, Abatement measures

8 20

VI Noise pollution: Sources of Noise, Effects of Noise, measurement of

noise, Equivalent sound pressure level, Control measures 8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 150: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE373 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF

MATERIALS 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite: CE201 Mechanics of Solids

Course objectives:

To review and make more useful the methods and results presented in the first course on

Mechanics of Materials.

To show the limitations of the ordinary formulas of Strength of Materials, to consider the

conditions under which these limitations are significant and to extend the subject to include a

variety of important topics more complex than those usually involved in a first course.

Syllabus: Stress, Principal stresses, Strain energy, Failure & Failure criteria, Elements of theory of

elasticity, strains and compatibility, Beams on elastic foundation, Curved Beams, Torsion

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. apply the concepts of stress, strain and strain energy

ii. use failure criteria and fracture mechanics and buckling in analysis

iii. apply plane state of stress and strains to problems

iv. use strain and compatibility conditions in analysis

v. use the concept of beams on elastic foundations and curved beams

vi. use the principles of torsion for analysis

Text Books

1. R.D. Cook and W.C. Young, Advanced Mechanics of Materials, 2nd

edition, Prentice Hall

Intl,Inc.1999

2. Srinath L.S, Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw Hill, 3e, 2009

References :

1. A.P. Boresi and O.M.Sidebottom, Advanced Mechanics of Materials, 4th edition, John Wiley &

Sons,Inc.1985

2. Edward Tsudik, Analysis of structures on Elastic Foundations, Cengage Learning , J.Ross

Publishing, 2012

3. S P Timoschenko, Strength of Materials Vol II ,CBS Publishers, 2002

4. Shames, E.H., Mechanics of Deformable solids, Prentice Hall Inc., 1964

5. Timoshenko S.P and Goodier J.N, Theory of elasticity, McGraw Hill, 3e, 1970

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Stress, Principal stresses, Strain energy: Stress at a point – stress on an

arbitrarily oriented plane-stress transformations- strain theory-principal

stresses & strains (2d & 3d)- Generalized Hooke’s law-Equations of

thermo-elasticity for isotropic materials-strain energy density- stress

concentration.

6 15

Page 151: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

II

Failure & Failure criteria: Modes of failure –yield failure criteria-

introduction to fracture mechanics-cracks & brittle fracture-fatigue-elastic

and inelastic buckling. 6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Elements of theory of elasticity :Transformation of stress and

strains: Plane state of stress - equations of transformation - principal

stresses. Plane state of strain – analogy between stress and strain

transformation - Mohr’s circles of stress and strain – strain rosettes.

6 15

IV

Displacements-strains and compatibility-equilibrium equations and

boundary conditions- stress field solutions for plane stress problems-

polynomial solutions in Cartesian coordinates-displacements

calculated from stresses-plane stress problems in polar coordinates.

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Beams on elastic foundation: General theory-infinite beam subjected to

concentrated load- beams with uniformly distributed loads- short beams

Curved Beams: Winkler Bach formula-Equivalent area method-

Circumferential stresses in Curved beams with I and T sections- Closed ring

with circumferential load and uniform loads -deflections of sharply curved

beams.

9 20

VI

Torsion :Torsion of a cylindrical bar of circular cross section- St.

Venant’s semi inverse method-stress function approach-elliptical,

equilateral triangle & narrow rectangular cross sections - Prandtl’s

membrane analogy-Hollow thin wall torsion members-multiply

connected cross sections- thin wall torsion members with restrained

ends.

9 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 152: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0
Page 153: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course code Course Name L-T-P - Credits Year of

Introduction

**341 DESIGN PROJECT 0-1-2-2 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objectives

To understand the engineering aspects of design with reference to simple products

To foster innovation in design of products, processes or systems

To develop design that add value to products and solve technical problems

Course Plan

Study : Take minimum three simple products, processes or techniques in the area of

specialisation, study, analyse and present them. The analysis shall be focused on functionality,

strength, material, manufacture/construction, quality, reliability, aesthetics, ergonomics, safety,

maintenance, handling, sustainability, cost etc. whichever are applicable. Each student in the

group has to present individually; choosing different products, processes or techniques.

Design: The project team shall identify an innovative product, process or technology and proceed

with detailed design. At the end, the team has to document it properly and present and defend it.

The design is expected to concentrate on functionality, design for strength is not expected.

Note : The one hour/week allotted for tutorial shall be used for discussions and presentations. The

project team (not exceeding four) can be students from different branches, if the design problem is

multidisciplinary.

Expected outcome .

The students will be able to i. Think innovatively on the development of components, products, processes or

technologies in the engineering field

ii. Analyse the problem requirements and arrive workable design solutions

Reference:

Michael Luchs, Scott Swan, Abbie Griffin, 2015. Design Thinking. 405 pages, John

Wiley & Sons, Inc

Evaluation

First evaluation ( Immediately after first internal examination ) 20 marks

Second evaluation ( Immediately after second internal examination) 20 marks

Final evaluation ( Last week of the semester) 60 marks

Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for awarding the final

grade.

Page 154: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits Year of

Introduction

CE331 MATERIAL TESTING LAB -II 0-0-3-1 2016

Pre-requisite: CE204 Construction Technology

Course objectives:

To enable experimental evaluation of properties of the materials used for concrete

To obtain the characteristics of the materials.

List of Experiments:

1. Determination of the Specific Gravity and Soundness of cement

2. Determination of the Standard Consistency, Initial and Final Setting Times of Cement and

the compressive strength of Cement.

3. Tests on fine aggregate – specific gravity, bulking, sieve analysis, fineness modules, moisture

content , bulk density

4. Tests on coarse aggregate - specific gravity, sieve analysis, fineness modulus, bulk density.

5. Tests on Fresh Concrete: Workability : Slump, Vee-Bee, Compaction factor tests ,flow test

6. Determination of the Compressive Strength of Concrete by Cube and Cylinder.

7. Carrying out the Split Tensile and Flexural strength of Concrete.

8. Compressive strength of Brick as per IS

9. Transverse strength of tiles

10. Demonstration of Mix Design of Concrete by IS methods

11. Non destructive tests (rebound hammer & ultrasonic pulse velocity)

Books/Manuals /References:-

1. Concrete Lab Manual, TTTI Chandigarh

2. M.L. Gambhir, Concrete Manual, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi.

3. M.S.Shetty , Concrete Technology, Theory and Practice , S.Chand& Company, 2014

4. Relevant latest IS codes on Aggregates, Cement & Concrete [269, 383, 2386, 10262(2009),

SP23]

Page 155: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE333 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3-1 2016

Pre-requisite : CE208 Geotechnical Engineering - I

Course objectives:

To understand the laboratory tests used for determination of physical, index and Engineering

properties of soil.

List of Experiments:

1. Determination of Water Content, Specific Gravity and Shrinkage Limit

2. Field Density determination and Sieve Analysis

3. Atterberg Limits (Liquid Limit and Plastic Limit)

4. Hydrometer Analysis

5. Direct Shear test

6. Standard Proctor Compaction Test

7. Permeability Test and Unconfined Compression Test

8. Consolidation Test

9. Swelling Test

10. Heavy compaction

11. California Bearing Ratio Test.

Expected Outcomes:

The students will

i. have thorough knowledge about the procedures of laboratory tests used for determination of

physical, index and engineering properties of soils

ii. have the capability to classify soils based on test results and interpret engineering behavior

based on test results

iii. be able to evaluate the permeability and shear strength of soils

iv. be able to evaluate settlement characteristics of soils

v. be able to evaluate compaction characteristics required for field application

Text Books / References:

1. IS codes relevant to each test

2. C. Venkatramaiah, Geotechnical Engineering, New Age International publishers, 2012

3. Gopal Ranjan and A. S. R. Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age International

Publishers, 2012

4. K. R. Arora, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers, 2011

Page 156: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

4

BRANCH:Civil Engineering

SEMESTER - 6

Course Code

Course Name L-T-P Credits Exam Slot

CE302 Design of Hydraulic Structures 4-0-0 4 A

CE304 Design of Concrete Structures II 3-0-0 3 B

CE306 Computer Programming and Computational Techniques

3-0-0 3 C

CE308 Transportation Engineering- I 3-0-0 3 D

HS300 Principles of Management 3-0-0 3 E

Elective 2 3-0-0 3 F

CE332 Transportation Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1 S

CE334 Computer Aided Civil Engineering Lab

0-0-3 1 T

CE352 Comprehensive Exam 0-1-1 2 U

Total Credits = 23 Hours:27 Cumulative Credits= 140

Elective 2:-

1. CE362 Ground Improvement Techniques

2. CE364 Advanced Foundation Engineering

3. CE366 Traffic Engineering and Management

4. CE368 Prestressed Concrete

5. CE372 Engineering Hydrology

6. CE374 Air Quality Management

Page 157: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE302 DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES 4-0-0-4 2016

Prerequisite : CE309 Water Resources Engineering

Course objectives:

To impart knowledge regarding the design of the various minor irrigation structures

To convey the knowledge on the causes of failure, design criteria and stability analysis of

different types of dams

Syllabus :

Diversion head works - layout and functions of components. Causes of failure of weirs on

permeable soils, Bligh’s theory and Khosla’s theory. Irrigation canals- Design of unlined canals

through alluvial soils-Kennedy’s theory and Lacey’s theory. Minor irrigation structures- Cross

drainage works, Canal Regulation works : Falls and Regulators, Design of Hydraulic Structures:

Aqueduct, siphon aqueduct, Canal falls-notch type, well type, Sarda type, and Cross regulator.

Dams-Types, Gravity dam - forces acting - stability analysis and modes of failure - theoretical and

practical profiles- Functions of shafts, galleries, keys and water stops. Arch dams-types, Thin

cylinder theory. Earth dams-types, causes of failure and design criteria. Spillways-Types. Ogee type

spillway-profile.

Course Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. Perform the stability analysis of gravity dams

ii. Explain the causes of failure of different types of dams and their design criteria

iii. Design minor irrigation structures such as regulators, cross drainage works and canal falls

Text Books :

1. Garg S.K, Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Khanna Publishers, 2006.

2. Modi. P. N., Irrigation Water Resources and Water Power Engineering, Standard Book House, 2009.

3. Punmia B.C. Ashok K Jain, Arun K Jain, B. B. L Pande, Irrigation and Water Power

Engineering, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd. 2010.

References:

1. Arora, K.R., “Irrigation, Water Power and Water Resources Engineering”, Standard Publishers

Distributors, 2010.

2. Asawa. G.L. Irrigation and Water Resources Engineering, New Age International, 2000

3. Sahasrabudhe S.R., Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic Structures, S.K. Kataria & Sons, 2013

4. Sathyanarayana M. C. Water Resources Engineering-Principles and Practice, New Age

International Publishers. 2009

5. Varshney, R.S. Theory & Design of Irrigation Structures - Vol III, Nem Chand & Bros., Roorkee.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Diversion head works- layout and functions of components,

Weir and barrage- Causes of failure of weirs on permeable soils -

Bligh’s theory. Design of vertical drop weir. Khosla’s theory of

independent variables- Khosla’s corrections-Use of Khosla’s charts.

6 15

Page 158: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Note: In Internal Evaluation the marks for assignment shall be awarded based on the

submission of drawings.

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks : 100 Exam Duration: 4 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III : One question out of 2 questions carrying 50 marks ; with

weightage for design as 25 marks and sketching of two views of design specified in

question : 25 marks

Part C - Module IV & V : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 10 marks each.

II

Irrigation canals, canal alignment- cross section of unlined canals-

Design of canals through alluvial soils-Kennedy’s theory and

Lacey’s theory.

Cross drainage works-Types, selection of suitable type, Type of

aqueducts.

Regulation Works - Canal falls-necessity, classification.

Canal regulators- Regulator cum road bridge- Head regulators and

cross regulators.

8 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Design and Drawing of the following hydraulic structures:

1. Aqueduct (Type III)

2. Syphon Aqueduct (Type III)

3. Canal Fall (Trapezoidal Notch type)

4. Siphon Well Drop

5. Sarda Type Fall (High Discharge only)

6. Cross Regulator (Using Khoslas Theory)

30

50

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

IV

Dams-Types, Gravity dam – selection of site- forces acting -

stability analysis and modes of failure – Principal and shear stresses-

Problems - Elementary profile –limiting height of gravity dams-

high and low dams- Practical profiles, Functions of various

components shafts, keys, water stops, and different types of gallery,

Grouting. Instrumentation in dams (Concept only).

6 10

V

Arch dams-types, methods for design (list only)-Thin cylinder

theory. Earth dams-types, causes for failure and design criteria.

Spillways-Types. Effective length of spillway- Ogee type spillway-

profile. Energy dissipation below spillways - Stilling basins- Indian

standard Type I and Type II (design not necessary).

6 10

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 159: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE304 DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES - II 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisites : CE301 Design of Concrete Structures - I

Course objectives:

To provide knowledge in the structural design of selected advanced structures of concrete

and enable them to design reinforced concrete structures for real-world applications.

Syllabus :

Columns subjected to compression , uniaxial bending and biaxial bending- design using SP16 charts

for limit state-design of slender columns- design of wall/strip footing- design of rectangular

footings-eccentrically loaded rectangular footing- circular footings-detailing-combined footings-

rectangular and trapezoidal (design principles only)- design of cantilever retaining wall without

surcharge-detailing - design principles of counter fort retaining wall and detailing- Circular slabs-

simply supported, fixed and partially fixed subjected to udl- design of water tanks-design philosophy

and requirements-joints-IS code recommendations- design of rectangular and circular water tanks

using IS code coefficients (IS 3370)- Pre-stressed concrete-concept of prestressing- materials-

methods of prestressing – prestressing systems- losses of prestress. analysis of prestressed beams

( rectangular and I-sections) at stages of transfer and service

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. Design eccentrically loaded and slender columns using SP 16 design charts and different

ii. types of foundations

iii. Design and detail cantilever retaining wall and understand the design principles of Counter

fort retaining wall

iv. Design and detail circular slabs and domes

v. Design rectangular and circular water tanks using IS code coefficients (IS 3370).

vi. Gain knowledge of prestressed concrete fundamentals and analyse pre and post tensioned

beams. Text Books / References:

1. N. Krishnaraju, Prestressed Concrete , Tata McGraw- Hill, 5e, 2012

2. Pillai S.U & Menon D – Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co., 2009

3. Punmia, B. C, Jain A.K and, Jain A.K , R C C Designs, Laxmi Publications Ltd., 10e, 2015

4. Relevant IS codes (IS 456, IS 875IS 1343, IS 3370, SP 16, SP 34 )

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Analysis and design of short columns under eccentric loading-

Columns subjected to compression and uniaxial bending- design

using SP16 charts for limit state

Columns subjected to combined axial load and biaxial bending

moments-code procedure for design- design using SP16 charts for

8 15

Page 160: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Note: 1. All designs shall be done as per current IS specifications

2. Special importance shall be given to detailing in designs

3. SI units shall be followed.

4. Students shall submit a term project on design and detailing of any structure of

real- world application at the end of the semester.

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination) :

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1. Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,

limit state

Slender columns- behavior of slender columns-braced and unbraced

columns-design procedure- design using SP16 charts for limit state

II

Foundations- classification-IS code provisions for design of isolated

footings- design principles of rectangular footings- Design of

rectangular footings-uniform thickness and sloped- eccentrically

loaded rectangular footing of uniform thickness-detailing.

Combined footings (design principles only)- analysis of combined

footings-rectangular and trapezoidal.

8 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Retaining walls-Types- Cantilever retaining wall- earth pressure and

forces acting-stability-proportioning-structural behavior of

components -design example of cantilever retaining wall without

surcharge-detailing

Counterfort retaining wall- design principles of components and

detailing (design not required)

6 15

IV

Circular slabs- stresses- reinforcements- simply supported, fixed

and partially fixed subjected to uniformly distributed loads

Design and detailing of spherical and conical domes

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Introduction to design of water tanks-design philosophy and

requirements-joints- IS code recommendations

Design of rectangular water tanks using IS code coefficients (IS

3370).

Design of circular water tanks using- IS code coefficients (IS 3370)

7 20

VI

Introduction to Pre-stressed concrete: Concept of pre-stressing-

Materials-High strength concrete and high tensile steel.

Analysis of pre-stressed beams (Rectangular and I-sections) at

stages of transfer and service. Losses in Prestress

7 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 161: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE306 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND

COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisites : Nil

Course Objectives:

To provide adequate knowledge for coding in C++ language

To give awareness about the different computational methods and their

implementation to analyze basic Engineering problems

Syllabus

Computer programming - Elements of C++ programming language - control statements -

Basic concepts of object oriented programming

Computational Techniques – Roots of transcendental equation- Interpolation -Functional

approximation- Numerical Integration, Solution of simultaneous linear equations.

Expected Outcome:

The students will be able to develop computer programs and implement numerical

techniques for solving basic engineering problems using C++ language.

Text Books:

1. Balaguruswamy, Object Oriented programming with C++. Tata Mcgraw Hill., 2008

2. Gerald C. F. and P. O. Wheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Edu., 2004

3. Robert Lafore ., C++ Programming., Sams publishers.,4th Edition, 2001

Reference Books:

1. Barkakati N., Object Oriented Programming in C++, SAMS, 1991.

2. Kamthane A. M., Object Oriented Programming with ANSI & Turbo C++, Pearson

Education, 2009.

3. Lippman S. B. and J. Lajoie, C++ Primer, Pearson Education, 2005.

4. Maria Litvin.and Gary Litvin, C++ for You++, Skylight Publishing, 1998.

5. Ravichandran D., Programming with C++, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

COURSE PLAN

Modules Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction to C++: Structure of C++ program; Character

set; Keywords; Identifiers; Data types – integer, real,

character, string, Boolean, Enumerated data types, Constants

and Variables; Operators – assignment, arithmetic,

relational, logical, increment, decrement and conditional

operators; Statements – simple & compound, declaration

statements. Input and output streams.

Selection statements: if, if-else, switch statements

7 15

II

Looping statements - for, while, do-while statements, Jump

statements – break, continue, goto, exit (). Arrays - single

and multi-dimensional arrays, initializing array elements,

pointers & arrays, Character arrays, string functions,

Unformatted console I/O functions, Unformatted Stream I/O

6 15

Page 162: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

functions.

Preparation of programs for evaluation of factorial of a

number, Infinite series, Sorting, Searching and Matrix

manipulations.

FIRST INTERNAL TEST

III

User defined functions – Arguments, return values, call by

value, call by reference, functions calling functions,

functions and arrays - Global variables, automatic, static and

register variables, recursive functions.

6 15

IV

Structures - functions and structures - Arrays of structures -

structures within structures, Structures containing arrays.

Files - Input & Output, sequential & random access.

Basic concepts of object oriented programming - class,

objects, constructors and destructors, inheritance (Programs

not required)

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL TEST

V

Roots of Transcendental equations - Successive

approximations, Regula - Falsi, Newton Raphson Methods,

Interpolation-Lagrange interpolation method.

8 20

VI

Functional approximation - Fitting straight line & parabola,

Numerical Integration - Trapezoidal, Simpson’s rule &

Gauss quadrature Method. Solution of simultaneous linear

algebraic equations – Gauss elimination method. Solution of

Partial differential Equation - Finite Difference Method

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

Page 163: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE308 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING - I 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite : NIL

Course objectives:

To introduce the principles and practice of Highway Engineering and Airport Engineering.

To enable students to have a strong analytical and practical knowledge of geometric design

of highways.

To introduce pavement design concepts, material properties, construction methods and to

design highway pavements.

To understand the principles of traffic engineering and apply this for efficient management of

transportation facilities.

Syllabus:

Classification and alignment of highways- Geometric design of highways- Properties and testing of

pavement materials- CBR method of flexible pavement design- Construction and maintenance of

pavements- Design of runways, taxiways and aprons.

Traffic characteristics- Traffic studies and analysis- Traffic control devices

Airport characteristics- Aircraft component parts- Site selection-Design of runways, taxiways and

aprons- Terminal area planning- Airport marking and lighting

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. Design various geometric elements of a highway

ii. Determine the characteristics of pavement materials and design flexible pavements

iii. Conduct traffic engineering studies and analyze data for efficient management of roadway

facilities, Plan and design basic airport facilities

Text Books :

1. Khanna, S.K. & Justo E.G., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand & Bros., 2000

2. Kadiyali, L. R., Principles of Highway Engineering, Khanna Publishers, 2001

3. Khanna, S. K. & Arora. M. G., Airport Planning and Design, Nemchand& Bros.

References:

1. Horonjeff R. & McKelvy, F., Planning and Design of Airports, McGraw Hill, 5e, 2010

2. IRC: 37-2001, Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements, IRC 2001, New Delhi

3. IRC:37-2012, Tentative Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements

4. O’ Flaherty, C.A (Ed.)., Transport Planning and Traffic Engineering, Elsevier, 1997

5. Rangwala, S. C. , Airport Engg. Charotar Publishing Co., 16e, 2016

6. Yoder, E. J & Witezak, M. W, Principles of Pavement Design, John Wiley & Sons, 1991

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

Page 164: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

I

Introduction to Transportation Engineering, Classification of roads,

Typical cross sections of roads in urban and rural area,

Requirements and factors controlling alignment of roads,

Engineering surveys for highway location- Introduction to geometric

design of highways, Design controls and criteria, Design of highway

cross section elements.

6 15

II Sight distance, Stopping sight distance, Overtaking sight distance,

Design of horizontal alignment and Vertical alignment 7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Introduction to highway materials, design and construction,

Desirable properties and testing of road aggregates, bituminous

materials and sub grade soil.

Flexible and rigid pavements, Factors influencing the design of

pavements, CBR method and IRC guidelines for flexible pavements

7 15

IV

Introduction to performance grading and superpave, Construction of

bituminous pavements, Types and causes of failures in flexible and

rigid pavements, Highway drainage.

Introduction to Traffic Engineering, Traffic characteristics, Traffic

studies and their applications.

6

15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Types of road intersections, Traffic control devices, Traffic signs, Road

markings and Traffic signals, Design of isolated signals by Webster’s

method.

Introduction to Airport Engineering, Aircraft characteristics and

their influence on planning of airports, Components of airport,

Selection of site for airport

8

20

VI

Runway orientation, basic runway length and corrections required,

Geometric design of runways, Design of taxiways and aprons,

Terminal area planning, Airport markings, Lighting of runway

approaches, taxiways and aprons, Air traffic control

8

20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 165: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course code Course Name L-T-P - Credits Year of

Introduction

HS300 Principles of Management 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objectives

To develop ability to critically analyse and evaluate a variety of management practices in

the contemporary context;

To understand and apply a variety of management and organisational theories in practice;

To be able to mirror existing practices or to generate their own innovative management

competencies, required for today's complex and global workplace;

To be able to critically reflect on ethical theories and social responsibility ideologies to

create sustainable organisations.

Syllabus

Definition, roles and functions of a manager, management and its science and art perspectives,

management challenges and the concepts like, competitive advantage, entrepreneurship and

innovation. Early contributors and their contributions to the field of management. Corporate

Social Responsibility. Planning, Organizing, Staffing and HRD functions, Leading and

Controlling. Decision making under certainty, uncertainty and risk, creative process and

innovation involved in decision making.

Expected outcome.

A student who has undergone this course would be able to

i. manage people and organisations

ii. critically analyse and evaluate management theories and practices

iii. plan and make decisions for organisations

iv. do staffing and related HRD functions

Text Book:

Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill Companies, 10th

Edition.

References:

1. Daft, New era Management, 11th Edition, Cengage Learning

2. Griffin, Management Principles and Applications, 10th Edition, Cengage Learning

3. Heinz Weirich, Mark V Cannice and Harold Koontz, Management: a Global,

Innovative and Entrepreneurial Perspective, McGraw Hill Education, 14th Edition

4. Peter F Drucker, The Practice of Management, McGraw Hill, New York

5. Robbins and Coulter, Management, 13th Edition, 2016, Pearson Education

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Exam

Marks

I

Introduction to Management: definitions, managerial roles and

functions; Science or Art perspectives- External environment-

global, innovative and entrepreneurial perspectives of

Management (3 Hrs.)– Managing people and organizations in

the context of New Era- Managing for competitive advantage -

the Challenges of Management (3 Hrs.)

6

15%

Page 166: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

II

Early Contributions and Ethics in Management: Scientific

Management- contributions of Taylor, Gilbreths, Human

Relations approach-contributions of Mayo, McGregor's

Theory, Ouchi's Theory Z (3 Hrs.) Systems Approach, the

Contingency Approach, the Mckinsey 7-S Framework

Corporate Social responsibility- Managerial Ethics. (3 Hrs)

6 15%

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Planning: Nature and importance of planning, -types of plans

(3 Hrs.)- Steps in planning, Levels of planning - The Planning

Process. – MBO (3 Hrs.).

6

15%

IV

Organising for decision making: Nature of organizing,

organization levels and span of control in management

Organisational design and structure –departmentation, line and

staff concepts (3 Hrs.) Limitations of decision making-

Evaluation and selecting from alternatives- programmed and

non programmed decisions - decision under certainty,

uncertainty and risk-creative process and innovation (3 Hrs.)

6

15%

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Staffing and related HRD Functions: definition,

Empowerment, staff – delegation, decentralization and

recentralisation of authority – Effective Organizing and

culture-responsive organizations –Global and entrepreneurial

organizing (3 Hrs.) Manager inventory chart-matching person

with the job-system approach to selection (3 Hrs.) Job design-

skills and personal characteristics needed in managers-

selection process, techniques and instruments (3 Hrs.)

9

20%

VI

Leading and Controlling: Leading Vs Managing – Trait

approach and Contingency approaches to leadership -

Dimensions of Leadership (3 Hrs.) - Leadership Behavior and

styles – Transactional and Transformational Leadership (3

Hrs.) Basic control process- control as a feedback system –

Feed Forward Control – Requirements for effective control –

control techniques – Overall controls and preventive controls –

Global controlling (3 Hrs.)

9

20%

END SEMESTER EXAM

Question Paper Pattern

Max. marks: 100, Time: 3 hours .

The question paper shall consist of three parts

Part A: 4 questions uniformly covering modules I and II. Each question carries 10 marks

Students will have to answer any three questions out of 4 (3X10 marks =30 marks)

Part B : 4 questions uniformly covering modules III and IV. Each question carries 10 marks

Students will have to answer any three questions out of 4 (3X10 marks =30 marks)

Part C: 6 questions uniformly covering modules V and VI. Each question carries 10 marks

Students will have to answer any four questions out of 6 (4X10 marks =40 marks)

Note: In all parts, each question can have a maximum of four sub questions, if needed.

Page 167: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE362 GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite :CE305 Geotechnical Engineering - II

Course objectives:

To impart fundamental knowledge of Ground Improvement Techniques

To make capable of choosing and designing the appropriate method of Ground

Improvement according to site conditions and requirement

Syllabus :

Classification of Ground Modification Techniques- Soil distribution in India- Reclaimed soils-

Ground Improvement Potential- Grouting – Aspects – Groutability, Grouting materials,

Suspension grouts and solution grouts, Compaction grouting. Procedure and applications of

grouting- Chemical stabilization – Granular admixtures, Cement, Lime, Calcium Chloride, Fly

Ash, Bitumen, Chemical admixtures. Construction Methods-Ground Anchors – Applications, types

and components, Anchor tests. Rock bolts – Applications and types- Rock bolt action around an

excavation. Soil Nailing – construction sequence – analysis of nailed soil-Compaction- Moisture

Density relationship. Shallow surface compaction-Rollers – operational aspects. Deep Compaction

– Explosion- heavy tamping- vibro compaction and vibro replacement. Properties of compacted

soil, Compaction control tests- Hydraulic modification- Methods of dewatering- open sumps and

ditches, Well point systems, deep well drainage, Vacuum dewatering, Electro osmosis. Design of

dewatering for excavations

Expected Outcomes:

i. An understanding about types of ground improvement techniques and soil distribution in India

ii. Knowledge about various types of grouts and their applications

iii. Knowledge about types of chemical stabilization and their construction method

iv. Understanding about Ground Anchors, Rock Bolts and Soil Nailing

v. Knowledge about Compaction of soil

vi. Understanding about various methods of dewatering of soil

Text Books / References:

1. Manfred. R. Hausmann, Engineering Principles of Ground Modification, McGraw Hill,

1989

2. P. Purushothamaraj, Ground Improvement Techniques ,University Science Press, 2005

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction to Engineering Ground Modification- Classification

of Ground Modification Techniques- Soil distribution in India-

Reclaimed soils- Ground Improvement Potential.

6 15

Page 168: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

II

Grouting – Aspects – Groutability, Grouting materials, Suspension

grouts and solution grouts, Compaction grouting. Procedure and

applications of grouting.

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Chemical stabilization – Granular admixtures, Cement, Lime,

Calcium Chloride, Fly Ash, Bitumen, Chemical admixtures.

Construction Methods.

6 15

IV

Ground Anchors – Applications, types and components, Anchor

tests. Rock bolts – Applications and types- Rock bolt action

around an excavation. Soil Nailing – construction sequence –

analysis of nailed soil

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Compaction- Moisture Density relationship. Shallow surface

compaction-Rollers – operational aspects. Deep Compaction –

Explosion- heavy tamping- vibro-compaction and vibro-

replacement. Properties of compacted soil, Compaction control

tests.

9 20

VI

Hydraulic modification- Methods of dewatering- open sumps and

ditches, Well point systems, deep well drainage, Vacuum

dewatering, Electro osmosis. Design of dewatering for

excavations.

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 169: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE364 ADVANCED FOUNDATION ENGINEERING 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite: CE305 Geotechnical Engineering - II

Course objectives:

To impart to the students, the advanced topics in foundation engineering

To enable the students to acquire proper knowledge about the design and analysis in real life

situations.

Syllabus :

Advanced topics in shallow foundations- bearing capacity, settlement and allowable bearing

pressure. Allowable bearing pressure from penetration test data. Consolidation settlement of

footings. Raft foundations and combined footings. Problems of excavations. Deep foundations –

need. Types. Classification of piles. static equation – Single piles -– Critical depth concept. Pile

capacity in clay and sand by the I.S. code method . Piles in layered soils. Piles with enlarged base in

clays (under reamed piles). Pile capacity from SPT and CPT values. Piles for resisting uplift –

straight shaft and under reamed piles in clays and sands – Dynamic formulae . Different types of

pile load tests. ultimate load from pile load tests. Pile groups –Negative skin friction of single piles

and pile groups – Settlement of pile groups in clays and sands –Equivalent raft approach –-

Skempton’s and Meyerhof’s methods- Drilled piers with enlarged base. Well foundations

Expected Outcomes: i. The students will be equipped to design foundations for field situations.

ii. The students will gain detailed knowledge of shallow foundations and deep foundations.

Text Books: 1. Murthy, V.N. S. Advanced Foundation Engineering, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 2007

2. Ranjan G. and A. S. R. Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age International, 2002.

References:

1. Gulhati, S. K. and Datta, M. Geotechnical Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2005

2. Tomlinson, M. J. and Booman, R. Foundation Design and Construction, Prentice Hall

Publishing, 2001.

3. Tomlinson, M. J. and Woodwrd, J. Pile Design and Construction Practice. CRS Press, 2015.

4. Kurien, N. P. Design of foundation systems: principles and practices. Alpha Science

International, 2005 COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Shallow foundations- estimating bearing capacity- Meyerhof’s,

Hansen’s and I.S code methods- Effect of water table, eccentricity,

and inclination of load on Bearing Capacity – Numerical problems

using IS method

Elastic settlement –Effect of size of footing on settlement.

Steinbrenner’s method of calculating settlement– Numerical

problems.

7 15

Page 170: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

II

Allowable bearing pressure from penetration test data – Meyerhoff’s

and Teng’s expressions. Consolidation settlement of footings -

Combined footings and raft foundations (only concepts)– brief

discussions on methods of analysis of raft, concept of floating raft,

excavations.

6

15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Deep foundations –need. Types. Classification of piles. static

equation – Single piles -– Critical depth concept. Pile capacity in clay

and sand by the I.S. code method . Piles in layered soils. Piles with

enlarged base in clays (under reamed piles). Problems. Pile capacity

from SPT and CPT values. problems

6 15

IV

Piles for resisting uplift – straight shaft and under reamed piles in

clays and sands – Dynamic formulae – Engineering News formula –

Modified Hiley formula – Different types of pile load tests –initial

and routine tests maintained load test, CRP test, pullout test, lateral

load test and cyclic pile load test. Separation of skin friction and end

bearing. – ultimate load from pile load tests.

7

15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Pile groups – Efficiency of pile groups- Group capacity in clays–

Minimum spacing of piles in a group – Negative skin friction of

single piles and pile groups –Settlement of pile groups in clays –

Equivalent raft approach – Settlement of pile groups in sands -

Skempton’s and Meyerhof’s methods- Drilled piers with enlarged

base.

8 20

VI

Well foundations– Components of a well foundation–Procedure for

construction and sinking of wells–Thickness of well steining for

sinking under self weight - Grip length- Problems encountered in

well sinking–Tilts and Shifts– Causes – Permissible tilts and shifts -

Methods to rectify tilts and shifts – Forces acting on a well

foundation –Allowable bearing pressure – Lateral stability of well

foundations - Terzaghi’s analysis

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 171: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE366 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite: NIL

Course objectives:

To set a solid and firm foundation in traffic engineering management, traffic regulation, highway

capacity, design of introduction and traffic flow theory concepts.

Syllabus:

Scope and objective of traffic engineering and management, Traffic regulation rules, Highway

capacity and introduction to 2010 manual, Design of at grade, grade separated, rotary and signals,

traffic safety , influencing factors and preventive measures for traffic accidents, basic diagrams of

traffic flow theory, introduction to car following and queuing.

Expected Outcomes:

This course will enable students to learn advanced topics in traffic engineering and management

Text Books:

1. Kadiyali L.R. Traffic Engineering and Transport planning, Khanna Tech Publishers, 2011

2. Khanna O.P and Justo C.G; Highway Engineering, Nem Chand Publishers, 9e.

3. Donald Drew, Traffic Flow Theory Chapter 14 in Differential Equation Models, Springer,

1983

References:

1. Martin Whol, Brian V Martin , Traffic system Analysis for Engineers and Planners,

McGraw Hill, NY, 1967

2. HCM 2010 ( 3 volume set), TRB Publications, 2010

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Traffic management – scope of traffic management measures –

restrictions to turning movements – one way streets – tidal flow

operations-Traffic segregation –Traffic calming- Exclusive bus

lanes, Introduction to ITS

7 15

II

Regulation of traffic – Need and scope of traffic regulations- Motor

Vehicle Act – Speed limit at different locations- regulation of the

vehicle – regulations concerning the driver rules of the road

enforcement

7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

Page 172: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

III

Highway capacity: Its importance in transportation studies – basic,

possible and practical capacity – determination of theoretical

maximum capacity -passenger car units – level of service – concept

in HC manual – factors affecting level of service.

7 15

IV

Design of Intersection: Design of at grade & grade separated

intersection – rotary intersection – capacity of rotary intersection –

traffic signals – warrants of traffic signals,-types of signals, signal

coordination, design of fixed time signal –Websters approach

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V Traffic Safety: causes of road accidents – collection of accident data

– influence of road, the vehicle .the driver, the weather and other

factors on road accident – preventive measures

7 20

VI Traffic Flow: theory of traffic flow – scope – definition and basic

diagrams of traffic flow- basic concepts of light hill – Whitham’s

theory – Introduction to Car ‘following theory and queuing’

7 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 173: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE368 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite: CE201Mechanics of Solids

Course objectives:

To make students familiar with the concepts and design of typical pre-stressed concrete

structural elements and to have a knowledge of the codal provisions

Syllabus :

Basic concept and principles of pre-stressed concrete systems- analysis for flexure- loss of pre-stress,

Design philosophy and design for flexure, codal provisions , Shear and torsional behavior –

analysis and design - calculation of deflection (short & long term), Anchorage Zone stresses in post

tensioned members, Prestressed concrete poles and sleepers, Partial pre-stressing, composite beams

– analysis and design, Statically indeterminate structures

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. analyse prestressed concrete members

ii. design prestressed concrete members using codal provisions

iii. design for shear and torsion of prestressed concrete members

iv. design end blocks and provide detailing of reinforcements

v. design composite members and other applications

vi. design continuous members

Text Books : 1. G S Pandit & S P Gupta, ” Prestressed Concrete”, CBS Publishers,2014

2. Krishna Raju N., Prestressed concrete, Tata McGraw Hill Company, New Delhi 1998

3. Rajagopalan, N, “Prestressed Concrete”, Alpha Science, 2002

References:

1. Lin T.Y. Design of prestressed concrete structures, Asia Publishing House, Bombay 1995

2. Mallic S.K. and Gupta A.P., Prestressed concrete, Oxford and IBH publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,

1997

3. Ramaswamy G.S., Modern prestressed concrete design, Arnold Heinimen, New Delhi, 1990

4. IS 1343 – 1998 ISCode Bureau of Indian Standards

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Review- Basic concept and principles of pre-stressed concrete,

materials, prestressing systems – Analysis of prestress and bending

stresses loss of pre-stress Stresses at transfer and service loads.

6 15

Page 174: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

II Limit state design criteria: Inadequacy of elastic and ultimate load

method, criteria for limit states, strength and serviceability. Design of

sections for flexure codal provisions- ultimate strength in flexure

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III Shear and torsional resistance: design of shear reinforcement, design

of reinforcement for torsion, shear and bending. 7 15

IV Deflections of prestressed concrete members: Importance, factors,

short term and long term deflection. Codal provisions 7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Anchorage Zone stresses in post tensioned members: Stress

distribution in end block, anchorage zone reinforcement. Prestressed

concrete poles and sleepers: Design of sections for compression and

bending

Partial pre-stressing- Definitions, principles and design approaches

and applications

8 20

VI

Composite beams –Analysis and design – Ultimate strength –

applications, Elementary idea of composite construction for tee

beams in bridges.

Statically Indeterminate structures: advantages of continuous

member(Concepts and steps for analysis)-

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 175: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE372 ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite : CE309 : Water Resources Engineering

Course objectives:

To have a good understanding of all the components of hydrologic cycle

To understand the mechanics of rainfall, its spatial and temporal distribution.

To understand the fitting of probability distribution and statistical analysis of rainfall and Runoff.

Syllabus :

Basic concept of Hydrology and Hydrologic cycle - Test for consistency of rainfall records - Analysis of

rainfall data - Hydrologic abstractions-infiltration-Evapotranspiration - methods of estimation-catchment

characteristic-stream gauging - stage-discharge curve - its extension and adjustment. Computation of

runoff- Rainfall- runoff correlation using linear regression techniques- Partial differential equation governing unsteady groundwater flow- Evaluation of aquifer parameters- Well flow near aquifer boundaries - Method of images - surface investigation of groundwater- Graphical representation of hydrochemical data- Pollution of ground water, sources, Seawater intrusion, Artificial recharge of groundwater- Design flood –Estimation of design flood- Flood frequency studies-Gumbel’s method- Flood

routing through reservoirs and Channel routing- Flood control methods, Flood forecasting and warning.

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

1. understand the procedure, applicability and limitations of various methods of geotechnical

investigation;

2. make proper engineering judgments and take appropriate decisions related to geotechnical

investigations.

Text Books:

1. Deodhar.M.J., Elementary Engineering Hydrology, Pearson, 2009

2. Ojha, C.S.P, R. Berndtsson, P.Bhunya, Engineering Hydrology, Oxford University Press, 2015.

3. Reghunath. H M, Hydrology, New Age International Publications, 1987.

4. Subramanya. K, Engineering Hydrology, Tata McGraw Hill, 1984

References:

1. Garg S. K. Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering, Khanna Publishers, 2005

2. Ghanshyam Das, Hydrology and soil conservation Engineering, Prentice-hall of India, 2004. 3. Jayarami Reddy P, A Text Book of Hydrology, Laxmi Publications, 2005.

4. Maidment D.R., Hand book of Hydrology, Mc Graw Hill, 1993

5. Todd D. K., Ground Water Hydrology, Wiley, 2005

6. Ven Te Chow, David R Maidment, L. W. Mays, Applied Hydrology, McGraw Hill, 1988

7. Warren Viessman, Gary L Lewis, Introduction to Hydrology, Pearson, 2015.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

Page 176: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

I

Basic concept of Hydrology and Hydrologic cycle -Test for

consistency of rainfall records - Analysis of rainfall data -

correlation between intensity and duration – intensity, duration and

frequency - depth area duration (DAD) curve. Hydrologic

abstractions- infiltration- - Green Ampt method-Evapotranspiration

– different methods - Blaney Criddle method - penman method.

7 15

II

Catchment characteristics - classification of streams - stream

pattern-stream order – stream gauging – rating of current meter -

Extension of stage discharge curve - Adjustment of stage discharge

curve-selection of site for stream gauging stations.

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Runoff - Computation of runoff– Hydrograph analysis-Rational

method –- S-hydrograph - unit hydrograph from complex storm -

synthetic unit hydrograph- Instantaneous unit hydrograph (Brief

description only) – linear reservoir model.

7

15

IV

Partial differential equation governing unsteady groundwater flow- Evaluation of aquifer parameters - Theis method -Jacob’s approximation method. Well flow near aquifer boundaries - Method of images - surface investigation of groundwater - Electrical resistivity method. Graphical representation of hydrochemical data - Pollution of groundwater, sources. Seawater intrusion- Ghyben-Herzberg relationship –Method of control of seawater intrusion- Artificial recharge of groundwater.

6

2

15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Rainfall- runoff correlation using linear regression and multiple linear

regression analysis. Design flood and their Estimation - Different

methods - Flood frequency studies -Gumbel’s method.

8 20

VI Flood routing through reservoirs - ISD method- Modified Pulse method.

Flood routing through channels by Muskingum method. Flood control

methods - Flood forecasting and warning (Brief descriptions only) 8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 177: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE374 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT

3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisites: Nil

Course objectives:

To understand the various forms of air pollutants and their effects on human and environment

To know the various methods of controlling air pollutants

Syllabus : Air pollution-sources, effects on human, vegetation, environment, air pollutants. Indoor

pollution. Meteorology, factors affecting dispersion of pollutants, Plume behaviour. Modelling of air

pollutants, Dispersion modelling. Monitoring of pollutants-Particulate and gaseous, Control of air

pollutants-Methods for particulate and gaseous pollutants, Air quality legislations

Course Outcomes:

Create an awareness among students regarding air pollution problems

To understand the various techniques that can be adopted for managing air pollution

related problems.

Text Books 1. C.S.Rao, “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”, New Age International Pub., 2006 2. M.N. Rao & H.V.N Rao ,Air Pollution, Tata McGraw Hill Co. Ltd, Delhi, 1990.

3. Peavy H S, Rowe, D.R. Tchobanaglous “Environmental Engineering” McGraw Hill

Education, 1985

References: 1. Chhatwal G.R, Encyclopedia of Environmental Pollution and Control, Volumes 1,2,3, Anmol

Publications, 1996

2. J. R. Mudakavi, Principles and Practices of Air Pollution Control and Analysis, IK

International Pvt Ltd, 2012

3. Perkins H.C, “Air Pollution” McGraw Hill Publications, 2004

4. S C Bhatia, Textbook of Air Pollution and Its Control , Atlantic publishers, 2007

5. S P Mahajan, Air Pollution Control, Common Wealth of Learning, Canada,

Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, 2006

6. Stern.A, “Air Pollution” (Volume I ,II & III) ,Academic Press New York, 1962

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction- Components of Environment- Definition –Air

Pollution- History of air pollution episodes-Various Sources of Air

pollution – Air Pollutants- Types of Air Pollutants

6 15

II

Effect of air pollutants on health, vegetation, animals and materials

and environment, Green house effect - Indoor Air Pollution, sources

of indoor air pollutants

6 15

Page 178: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2 Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Meteorological aspects of Air Pollutant Dispersion - Temperature and

Pressure relationships-Atmospheric Stability- Temperature Lapse

Rate- Inversions- Types, Plume behavior 7 15

IV

Dispersion of Air pollutants-Plume dispersion theory- Gaussian

plume model (Derivation not required)- Assumptions-Advantages

and Disadvantages- Pasquill's stability curves , Dispersion problems

involving point source and line source - Estimation of plume rise.

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Air Quality monitoring - Ambient air sampling - Collection of

gaseous air pollutants-Collection of particulate Pollutants- Ambient

Air Quality standards 8 20

VI

Control of Air Pollutants- Particulate emission control-methods,

Scrubbing-Cyclones- Filtration- Electrostatic Precipitation-Gaseous

emission control- adsorption, absorption, thermal methods 8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 179: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE332 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3-1 2016

Pre-requisite : CE308 Transportation Engineering - I

Course objectives:

To enable the students to conduct different tests to find various properties of aggregates,

bitumen and soil subgrade and hence to assess their suitability in pavement construction.

List of Experiments (All experiments shall be conducted as per BIS/ASTM/AASHTO procedures)

I. Tests on aggregates

1. Aggregate crushing value

2. Aggregate impact value

3. Los Angeles abrasion value

4. Shape tests-Flakiness index and Elongation index

5. Angularity of course aggregates and fine aggregates

6. Specific gravity and water absorption of course aggregate

7. Stripping value of road aggregates

8. Dry Packing characteristics of aggregates (ASTM C29/ C29 M – 97)

II. Test on soil

1. California Bearing Ratio test (Soaked and Un-soaked CBR)

2. Dynamic cone penetration test (ASTM D6951 (2015) procedure)

III. Tests on bitumen

1. Penetration value of bitumen

2. Softening point of bitumen

3. Ductility of bitumen

4. Flash and Fire point of bitumen

5. Measurement of mixing and compaction temperature of bitumen (Brookfield viscometer)

(The test was previously written in the draft syllabus as Viscosity test on bitumen, but we

have specified it)

IV.Test on bituminous mixes

1. Determination of theoretical specific gravity of loose mix and bulk specific gravity of

Page 180: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

compacted mix (ASTM D2041, ASTM D1188)

2. Moisture sensitivity test of bituminous mixes (AASHTO T283 procedure)

V. Functional evaluation of pavements

1. Use of MERLIN apparatus to determine road roughness

Expected outcome:

The students will be able to assess the quality of various pavement materials and their

suitability in highway construction.

Reference books :

1. L .R. Kadiyali, Principles and Practices of Highway Engineering, Khanna Publishers, 2009

2. MoRTH (2013) Specification for Road and bridge works (5th

revision)

3. MS-2 manual (2015) Seventh edition, Asphalt Institute.

4. S. K. Khanna, C. E. G. Justo, A Veeraragavan, Highway Engineering, Khanna Publishers, 10e.

Page 181: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE334 COMPUTER AIDED CIVIL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3-1 2016

Prerequisite : CE231 Civil Engineering Drafting Lab

Course objectives:

1. To introduce the fundamentals of Civil Engineering drafting and drawing.

2. To familiarize with the FEA software packages for analysis and Design of structures

3. To understand the Total Station data transfer and interpretation.

4. To enable the usage of Project Management Software

List of Experiments : 1. Structural Drawings for

a) Slabs and Beams

i. One Way / Two way Slab/Continuous Slabs

ii. Singly reinforced /Double reinforced Beams

iii. Continuous / Flanged Beams

b) Stair Case ( Doglegged and Tread and Riser Type)

c) Foundations (Isolated and Combined Rectangular)

II Analysis and design of steel and RCC elements using STAAD/SAP 2000/ ETABS/any FEM

software package.

a) Continuous and Cantilever beams

b) Plane truss and Frames

III Use of Project Management Software ( MS Project/Primavera)

a) Preparation of Bar Chart/Gantt Charts/CPM/PERT Charts and finding Critical Path

b) Practice on Resource allocation (and Project Monitoring( Cost and Time) IV. Conduct of Survey camp using Total Station ( minimum 3 days duration) and its plotting.

Expected Outcomes:

The students are expected to accomplish the abilities/skills for the use of Civil Engineering

Drafting/Analysis, Design and Project Management Software.

Text Books / References:

1. N Krishna Raju, Structural Design and Drawing, Second Edition, Universities Press

(India), Private Limited, Hyderabad, 2009

2. Reference Manual of the Relevant Software

3. Satheesh Gopi, Dr. R Sathikumar, N Madhu, Advanced Surveying: Total Station, GIS and

Remote Sensing, Pearson Education India, 2006

4. AutoCAD Essentials, Autodesk official Press, John Wiley & Sons, US, 2015

Note: (1) Evaluation of drawing, along with a viva, to be done at the end of every class.

(2) A survey camp of minimum 3 days duration using total station is to be conducted in

the semester, and is compulsory

(3) Evaluation Criteria :

Best 8 plate/Exercises - 40 marks

Survey Camp - 30 marks

.End semester examination - 30 marks

TOTAL - 100 marks

Page 182: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course code Course Name L-T-P - Credits Year of

Introduction

**352 Comprehensive Examination 0-1-1-2 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objectives

To assess the comprehensive knowledge gained in basic courses relevant to the branch of

study

To comprehend the questions asked and answer them with confidence.

Assessment

Oral examination – To be conducted weekly during the slot allotted for the course in the

curriculum (@ three students/hour) – 50 marks

Written examination - To be conducted by the Dept. immediately after the second internal

examination– common to all students of the same branch – objective type ( 1 hour duration)– 50

multiple choice questions ( 4 choices) of 1 mark each covering all the courses up to and including

semester V – no negative marks – 50 marks.

Note: Both oral and written examinations are mandatory. But separate minimum marks is not

insisted for pass. If a students does not complete any of the two assessments, grade I shall be

awarded and the final grade shall be given only after the completion of both the assessments.

The two hours allotted for the course may be used by the students for library reading and for oral

assessment.

Expected outcome .

The students will be confident in discussing the fundamental aspects of any engineering

problem/situation and give answers in dealing with them

Page 183: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

5

BRANCH:Civil Engineering

SEMESTER - 7

Course Code

Course Name L-T-P Credits Exam Slot

CE401 Design of Steel Structures 4-0-0 4 A

CE403 Structural Analysis- III 3-0-0 3 B

CE405 Environmental Engineering- I 3-0-0 3 C

CE407 Transportation Engineering -II 3-0-0 3 D

CE409 Quantity Surveying and Valuation 3-0-0 3 E

Elective 3 3-0-0 3 F

CE451 Seminar & Project Preliminary 0-1-4 2 S

CE431 Environmental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1 T

Total Credits = 22 Hours: 27 Cumulative Credits= 162

Elective 3:-

1. CE461 Wave Hydrodynamics and Coastal Engineering

2. CE463 Bridge Engineering

3. CE465 Geo-Environmental Engineering

4. CE467 Highway Pavement Design

5. CE469 Environmental Impact Assessment

6. CE471 Advanced Structural Design

7. CE473 Advanced Computational Techniques and Optimization

Page 184: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE401 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES 4-0-0-4 2016

Prerequisite : CE202 Structural Analysis II

Course objectives:

To introduce the limit state design of steel structural components subjected to bending,

compression and tensile loads including the connections

To enable design of structural components using timber

Syllabus:

Steel and steel structures – bolted and welded connections- tension members – compression

members – beams – roof trusses – purlins – timber structures – columns- composite beams

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to i. design bolted and welded connections

ii. design tension members and beams using the IS specifications

iii. design columns under axial loads using IS specifications

iv. design beams and plate girders v. assess loads on truss and design purlins vi. design structural components using timber.

Text Books:

1. L S Jayagopal, D Tensing., Design of steel structures, S Chand & Company, 2015

2. S K Duggal., Limit State design of steel structures, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010

3. Subramanian N, Design of steel Structures, Oxford University Press, 2011

References :

1. P. Dayaratnam., Design of Steel Structures ,Wheeler Publishing, 2003

2. Punmia B. C., Jain A. K. and Jain A. K., Design of Steel Structures, Laxmi Publications (P)

Ltd, 2017

3. Raghupathi, Steel Structures, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006

4. Ramchandra S and Virendra Gehlot, Design of Steel Structures Vol. II, Standard Book

House, 2007

5. V L Shah & Veena Gore, Limit State Design of steel Structures , Structures Publications,

2009

6. William T Segui., Steel Design , Cenage Learning, 6e, 2017

7. IS 800 – 2007, Code of practice for Structural steel design, BIS

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction to steel and steel structures, properties of steel,

structural steel sections. Introduction to design: Design loads and

load combinations, limit state design concepts. Connections bolted

and welded ( direct loads)

9 15

Page 185: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks : 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1. Each part should have at least one question from each module

2 .Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

II

Tension members-Types of sections – net area- design of tension

members- concept of shear lag-use of lug angle-connections in

tension members

9 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Compression members- design of struts- solid and built up columns

for axial loads-- design of lacings and battens-column bases- slab

base – gusseted base

10 15

IV

Design of beams- laterally restrained and unrestrained – simple and

compound beams- plate girders subjected to uniformly distributed

loads – design of stiffeners.

9 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Design of roof trusses- types-design loads and load combinations-

assessment of wind loads- design of purlins. Moment

resistant/Eccentric connections (in plane and out of plane)

10 20

VI

Design of timber structures: types of timber - classification -

allowable stresses-design of beams-flexure, shear, bearing and

deflection considerations-Design of columns. Design of composite

beam sections with timber and steel.

9 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 186: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE403 STRUCTURL ANALYSIS - III 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite :CE303 Structural Analysis - II

Course objectives:

To enable the students to have a comprehensive idea of matrix structural analysis with

emphasis on the relative advantages of the flexibility method and the stiffness method

To enable the students to visualize structural dynamics problems with a proper blend of

structural analysis and vibration theory

Syllabus :

Approximate Methods of Analysis of Multistoried Frames, Matrix analysis of structures,

Flexibility method, Stiffness method, Introduction to direct stiffness method, Structural dynamics

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. analyse structures using approximate method

ii. analyse trusses, continuous beams and rigid frames using flexibility method

iii. analyse trusses, continuous beams and rigid frames by stiffness method

iv. conceive Finite element procedures by direct stiffness method

v. use the basics of structural dynamics and analyse the response of SDOF systems

Text Books : 1. G S Pandit and S P Gupta, Structural analysis a Matrix approach, McGraw Hill Education

(India), 2e, 2008

2. Gere, J.M. and William Weaver, Matrix Analysis of framed structures, CBS Publishers, 1990

3. Kenneth M Leet, Chia Ming Uang, Anne M Gilbert, Fundamentals of structural analysis, Tata

McGraw Hill Pvt Ltd., 4e, 2010

4. Reddy C.S., Basic structural analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, third edition, 3e, 2012

References :

1. Anil. K. Chopra, Dynamics of structures, Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall India, 5e, 2016

2. Clough R.W. and Penzein, J., Dynamics of structures, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995

3. Madhujith Mukhopadhyay and Abdul Hamid Sheikh, Matrix and Finite Element Analysis of

Structures, Ane Books India, 2009

4. Mario Paz , Structural Dynamics: Theory & Computation, 2e, CBS Publishers, 2004

5. Rajasekharan. S. and Sankarasubramanian G., Computational structural Mechanics, PHI, 2009

6. Wang C.K., Matrix method of structural analysis, International Text book company, 1970

COURSE PLAN

Modu

le Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Approximate Methods of Analysis of Multistoried Frames: Analysis

for vertical loads-substitute frames-loading condition for maximum

hogging and sagging moments in beams and maximum bending

moment in columns- wind load analysis of multistoried frames –

portal method and cantilever method for lateral load analysis.

6 15

Page 187: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

II Matrix analysis of structures: static and kinematic indeterminacy-

force and displacement method of analysis-definition of flexibility

and stiffness influence coefficients Concepts of physical approach

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Flexibility method: flexibility matrices for truss and frame

elements-load transformation matrix-development of total flexibility

matrix of the structure-analysis of simple structures-plane truss and

plane frame-nodal loads and element loads-lack of fit and

temperature effects

7 15

IV

Stiffness method: Development of stiffness matrices by physical

approach-stiffness matrices for truss and frame elements-

displacement transformation matrix-analysis of simple structures-

plane truss and plane frame-nodal loads and element loads-lack of

fit and temperature effects

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Introduction to direct stiffness method-Rotation of axes in two

dimensions, stiffness matrix of elements in global co- ordinates

from element co-ordinates- assembly of load vector and stiffness

matrix, solution of two span continuous beam-single bay single

storey portal frame.

8 20

VI

Structural dynamics-introduction-degrees of freedom-single degree

of freedom subjected to harmonic load -linear systems- equation of

motion, D’Alembert’s principle-damping- free response of damped

and undamped systems- logarithmic decrement- transient and

steady state responses, Dynamic magnification factor – Vibration

isolation –Concept of two degree of freedom systems (No

derivation and numerical problems)

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 188: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE405 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING- I 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisites: CE203 Fluid Mechanics -I

Course objectives:`

To study the significance of water resources and the factors affecting the quality and quantity

of water

To study the various types of treatment techniques adopted for a public water supply system

Syllabus :

Water sources, demand, factors, Quantity estimation, Population forecasting, Quality of water.

Water treatment- Physical methods, Chemical methods. Design of sedimentation tank, flocculator,

clariflocculator, filters, Membrane treatment techniques. Disinfection- methods. Distribution of

water, Pumps, Hardy Cross method of analysis

Expected Outcomes:

The students will

i. become aware of the various pollutants affecting water quality

ii. know about the different treatment units available in a water treatment plant and their design

procedures

Text Books:

1. B.C Punmia, “Water Supply Engineering”, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2016

2. G S Birdie, Water Supply and Engineering, Dhanapat Rai Publishing Company, 2014

3. P.N. Modi, “Water Supply Engineering”, Standard Book House, NewDelhi

4. Peavy H S, Rowe, D.R. Tchobanaglous “Environmental Engineering” Mc GrawHill

Education, 1984

5. S.K.Garg, “Water Supply Engineering”, Khanna Publishers. 2010

References

1. K N Dugal, Elements of Environmental Engineering, S Chand and Company Pvt Ltd, 2007

2. Mackenzie L Davis, Introduction to Environmental Engineering, McGrawhill Education

(India), 2012

3. Metcalf & Eddy , “Waste Water Engineering”, Tata Mc Grawhill Publishing Co Ltd, 2003

4. P Venugopala Rao, Environmental Engineering, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, 2002

5. Subhash Verma, Varinder Kanwar, Siby John, Water supply Engineering, Vikash Publishing,

2015

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I Introduction of environment- sources of water supply-Water demand,

quantification of water demand through population forecasting –

Factors affecting consumption-Fluctuations in demand

7 15

Page 189: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note :

1. Each part should have at least one question from each module

2. Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

II Types of intakes-Conveyors, pumps and location of pumping station-

Quality of water - Drinking water standards - Physical, chemical and

biological analysis.

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Treatment of water-Theory and principles of Sedimentation tanks-

Stoke’s law-Types of settling (Type I & Type II only)-Coagulation-

Mixing-Flocculation, Design of Sedimentation tanks (circular and

rectangular)-Clariflocculators

7 15

IV Filtration-Types of filters- Working and Design of Rapid and Slow

sand filters. Loss of head in filters, Pressure filters 7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Disinfection of water - Methods, Chlorination-Types, Factors

affecting - Chlorine demands. Miscellaneous treatment-Ion exchange,

Lime-soda process, Electro dialysis - Colour, Taste and Odour

removal-Adsorption-Aeration-Fluoridation-Defluoridation

7 20

VI Lay out of water distribution network-Methods of distribution-Hardy

cross method-Equivalent pipe method-Pipe appurtenances. 8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 190: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE407 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING - II 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : CE308 Transportation Engg.-I

Course Objectives:

To set a solid and firm foundation in Railway engineering, including the history

development, modern trends, maintenance, geometric design and safety of railways.

To introduce dock, harbour and tunneling

Syllabus :

Introduction to railways in India and its evolution, modern technologies, geometric design of

tracks, railway operation control, maintenance and an introduction to the railway accidents.

Alignment, surveying, driving, ventilation and drainage of tunnels and types of harbours and

docks.

Course Outcome:

This course will enable students to gain knowledge in railway and water transportation.

Text Books:

1. Mundrey J. S, Railway Track Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009

2. Rangawala, S.C. , Railway Engineering, Charotor Publishing House

3. Rao G. V, Principles of Transportation and Highway Engineering, Tata McGrawHill, 1996

4. Srinivasan,R., Harbour, Dock & Tunnel Engineering, Charotor Publishing House, 28e,

2016

References:

1. Bindra, S.P., A course in Docks and Harbour Engineering, Dhanpat Rai& Sons

2. Chandra, S. and Agarwal, M.M. ,Railway Engineering, Oxford University Press, New

Delhi, 2008

3. Saxena, S. C and Arora, S. P, Railway Engineering, Dhanpat Rai& Sons, 7e, 2010

4. Subhash C. Saxena, Railway Engineering, Dhanpat Rai& Sons

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction to Railways in India: Role of Indian Railways in National

Development – Railways for Urban Transportation – Modern

developments- LRT & MRTS, tube railways, high speed tracks.

Alignment- basic requirements and factors affecting selection, Component

parts of a railway track - requirements and functions - Typical cross-section

7 15

II

Permanent Way: Components and their Functions: Rails - Types of Rails,

Rail Fastenings, Concept of Gauges, Coning of Wheels, Creeps and kinks .

Sleepers – Functions, Materials, Density , Ballast less Tracks.

Geometric design of railway track: Horizontal curves, radius – super

7 15

Page 191: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2 Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

elevation -cant deficiency - transition curves - gradients - different types -

Compensation of gradients.

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Railway operation and control: Points and Crossings – Design features of

a turnout – Details of station yards and marshalling yards – Signaling,

interlocking of signals and points - Principles of track circuiting - Control

systems of train movements – ATC, CTC – track circuiting

6 15

IV

Maintenance:- Introduction to track maintenance, Items of track

maintenance, packing and over hauling, screening

Railway accidents: Human and system contribution to catastrophic

accidents, Human Factors in Transport Safety.

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Tunnel Engineering: Tunnel - sections - classification - tunnel surveying

-alignment, transferring centre, grade into tunnel – tunnel driving procedure

- shield method of tunneling, compressed air method, tunnel boring

machine, Tunnel lining, ventilation - lighting and drainage of tunnels.

8 20

VI

Harbours– classification, features, requirements, winds

and waves in the location and design of harbours.

Break waters - necessity and functions, classification, alignment, design

principles, forces acting on break water – construction, general study of

quays, piers, wharves, jetties, transit sheds and warehouses - navigational

aids - light houses, signals - types - Moorings

Docks – Functions and types - dry docks, wet docks – form

and arrangement of basins and docks

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 192: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE409 QUANTITY SURVEYING AND VALUATION 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisites: CE334 Computer Aided Civil Engg. Lab

Course objectives:

To have an awareness regarding specifications, analysis of rates, valuation etc. in connection

with construction

To prepare detailed estimates, bar bending schedules of various items of work

Syllabus :

Specifications- Analysis of rates- CPWD data book and schedule of rates- Detailed specification,

preparation of data and analysis of rates for various items of work- Quantity Surveying- Types of

Estimate - Valuation- Methods of valuation-Depreciation- Fixation of rent- Detailed estimate

including quantities, abstract and preparation of various items of works, Preparation of bar bending

schedules for various RCC works

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. work out the quantities of materials and labour required for different types of civil

works

ii. prepare schedule of rates for various items of work

Text Books 1. B N Dutta, Estimating and costing in Civil Engineering, USB publishers and distributers Ltd.

New Delhi

2. D D Kohli, RC Kohli, A textbook of Estimating and costing, S Chand Publishing, 2011

3. Dr. S. Seetharaman, M. Chinnasamy, Estimation and Quantity Surveying, Anuradha

Publications , Chennai.

References:

1. BS Patil, Civil Engineering contracts and estimates, Universities press

2. V N Vazirani & S P Chandola, Civil engineering Estimating and Costing, Khanna Publishers.

3. IS 1200-1968; Methods of measurement of Building & Civil Engineering works.

4. CPWD data book and schedule of rates.

Note:

For analysis of rate and cost estimation, unit rate and labour requirement should be given along with

the questions in the question paper.. No other charts, tables, codes are permitted in the Examination

Hall. If necessary, relevant data shall be given along with the question paper.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

General Introduction- Quantity Surveying- Basic principles-Types of

Estimates - Specifications- purposes and basic principles-general

specifications - Detailed specifications-Method of measurement of

various items of work.

Analysis of rates- Introduction to the use of CPWD data book and

schedule of rates- conveyance and conveyance statement -

6 10

Page 193: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks: 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 10 marks each

Part B - Module III : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 25 marks each

Part C - Module IV : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Note : 1. Part A should have at least one question from each module

2. Part B three full questions carrying 25 marks on building estimate,

preparation of bending schedule, or estimation of any other structure.

3. Part A and C each question can have a maximum of 2 subdivisions (a, b)

Miscellaneous charges.

II

Preparation of data and analysis of rates for various items of work

connected with building construction and other civil engineering

structures with reference to Indian Standard Specification.

6 10

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Detailed estimate including quantities, abstract and preparation of

various items of works- buildings- centerline method and long wall

short wall method- sanitary and water supply works- soak pits, septic

tanks, overhead tanks, culverts, Retaining walls, road construction.

Bar-bending schedule-preparation of bar-bending schedule for RCC

works connected with building construction, culverts and minor

irrigation works.

18 50

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

IV

Valuation - Explanation of terms, types of values, sinking fund, years

purchase, Depreciation - Straight line method, constant percentage

method, S.F method .Obsolescence.

Valuation of real properties-rental method, profit based method,

depreciation method. Valuation of landed properties -belting method,

development method, hypothecated building scheme method. Rent

calculation. Lease and Lease hold property

12 30

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 194: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE461 WAVE HYDRODYNAMICS AND CAOSTAL

ENGINEERING 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite : CE206 : Fluid Mechanics II

Course objectives:

1. To introduce the fundamentals in ocean wave mechanics and coastal engineering.

2. To impart knowledge and comprehension over the basic aspects of wave hydrodynamics.

3. To equip the students with the state-of-the-art in coastal zone protection.

Syllabus :

Linear Wave Theory-Derivation for Velocity potential, Wave kinematics, Wave kinetics, Wave

Power. Wave propagation in Shallow water region. Wave pressure, Wave forces-Morrison equation,

Froude –Krylov force, Linear diffraction theory. Coastal process, Coastal protection works,

Environmental parameters.

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to develop skills and knowledge to solve the issues

connected with ocean wave interaction with offshore and coastal features.

Text Book :

Dominic Reeve, Andrew Chadwick, Chris Fleming. Coastal Engineering : Processes, Theory

and Design Practice, CRC Press, 2015

References:

1. Narashimhan, S.and S. Kathiroli(Ed.), Harbour and Coastal Engineering(Indian

Scenario), -NIOT Chennai, 2002

2. US Army Corps of Engineers, Coastal Engineering Manual, 2002

3. US Army Corps of Engineers, Shore Protection Manual, Coastal Engineering

Research Centre, Washington, 1984.

4. V.Sundar, Ocean wave Mechanics Applications in Marine Structures, Ane Book Pvt

Ltd, New Delhi, 2016.

5. William Kamphuis ; Introduction to Coastal Engineering and Management, World

Scientific, 2002.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

A brief overview on fundamental principles of fluid mechanics

(No questions for examination).

Characteristics of a regular ocean wave (Wave length, Wave period

and wave celerity).Difference between regular and random waves,

Linear Wave theory-Assumptions.

Boundary Conditions-Kinematic free surface, Dynamic free

7 15

Page 195: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

surface. Separable solution of Laplace Equation for velocity

potential.

Dispersion equation derivation, Dispersion relationship in different

water depth conditions (Shallow, intermediate and deep). Worked

out exercises.

II

Particle velocity and acceleration under wave transport.

Particle Displacement. Orbital motion of water particles at different

water depth.

Derivation for potential energy and kinetic energy.

Worked out exercises.

Energy flux/Wave power, Derivation for group celerity.

7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Wave propagation in shallow water- Wave shoaling –Derivation

for shoaling coefficient- Worked out exercises. Wave refraction-

analytical expression for refraction coefficient, Combined effect of

shoaling and refraction-worked out exercises. Wave diffraction –its

significance in harbor planning. Wave reflection-effect of surf

similarity parameter. Wave breaking- in shallow water, Breaker

types. Wave set up and set down, Wave run up.

6 15

IV

Pressure field under progressive wave, Pressure response factor,

Dynamic pressure component. Wave force formulation, force

regimes. Wave forces on slender circular members-Morrison

Equation. Worked out exercises.

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Discussion on Wave Forces on large bodies, Froude –Krylov force-

general theory. Diffraction theory-Linear diffraction problem-

general theory and solution formulation. Wave forces on coastal

structures-A brief overview on small amplitude wave theories –

only at conceptual level. Wave force by Hirori Formula, Sainflou

formula, Nagai Formula. Discussion only on Goda Formula.

8 20

VI

Introduction to beach and Coastal process-terms describing beach

profile. Coastal erosion process-Natural and man made factors.

Shallow water effects in coastal erosion. Long shore sediment

transport and its effects on coastal process (only discussion). Near

shore currents, cross shore sediment transport. Coastal protection

(Only discussion, design is not expected)-important factors to be

considered. Coastal protection methods-shore parallel and shore

perpendicular structures, beach nourishment, Environmental

parameters considered in design.

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 196: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

Page 197: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE463 BRIDGE ENGINEERING 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite: CE 301 Design of Concrete structures I

Course objectives:

To impart knowledge on important types of bridge structures, their selection and planning,

structural configurations, assessment of loads and perform design.

Syllabus :

General considerations for road bridges, Standard specifications for road bridges, Design of slab

bridges and box culverts, T beam bridges, Prestressed concrete bridges, substructures, bearings,

bridge foundations

Course Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. use IRC standards and design the deck slab

ii. analyse, design and detail Box culverts for the given loading

iii. design and detail T-Beam bridges

iv. design and check the stability of piers and abutments

v. design bridge bearings

vi. detail bridge foundations and prepare the bar bending schedule

Text Books : 1. Jagadish T.R. & M.A. Jayaram, “Design of Bridge Structures”,2nd Edition, 2009.

2. Johnson victor D, “Essentials of Bridge Engineering”, 7th

Edition, Oxford, IBH publishing

Co.,Ltd, 2006

3. N.KrishnaRaju ” Prestressed Concrete Bridges” CBS Publishers 2012

References:

1. Krishna Raju N., “Design of Bridges”, 4th Edition, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co., Ltd.,

2008

2. Ponnu Swamy, “Bridge Engineering”, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill Publication, 2008.

3. Swami Saran, “Analysis and Design of sub-structures”,2nd Edition, Oxford IBH Publishing

co ltd., 2006.

4. Vazirani, Ratvani & Aswani, “Design of Concrete Bridges”,5th Edition, Khanna Publishers,

2006.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction :Definition and Basic Forms, Component of bridge,

classification of bridge, short history of bridge development, Site

selection-Soil Exploration for site Importance of Hydraulic factors

in Bridge Design. General arrangement drawing.

6 15

Page 198: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (External Evaluation)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

II

Standard specification for Road bridges : Width of carriageway-

Clearances- Loads to be considered- Dead load – I.R.C. standard

live loads- Impact effect – Wind load –Longitudinal forces-

Centrifugal forces- Horizontal forces due to water currents –

Buoyancy effect- Earth pressure.

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Solid slab bridges : Introduction, General design features, Effective

width method. Simply supported and cantilever Slab Bridge,

analysis and design.

Box Culverts : Introduction to analysis, design and detailing,

Loading conditions (detailed design not expected )

7 15

IV

Beam and slab bridges: Introduction, Design of interior panel of

slab. Pigeaud’s method,

Calculation of longitudinal moment Courbon’s theory, Design of

longitudinal girder, design example. and Reinforcement detailing

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Introduction to pre-stressed concrete bridges (Design Concepts

only) Determination of SMinimum Section Modulus, Prestressing

Force and eccentricity (Derivation not required)

Substructures : Analysis and Design of Abutments and pier-

detailing.

8 20

VI

Bridge bearings: forces on bearings, design of elastomeric bearings,

basics for selection of bearings.

Types of foundations, well foundation–open well foundation,

components of well foundation, pile foundations (designs not

included) - detailing only

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 199: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE465 GEO-ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite: CE 305 Geotechnical Engineering- II

Course objectives:

To create a awareness in the field of Geo-Environmental Engineering

To impart the knowledge on Geotechnical aspects in the disposal of waste materials and the

remediation of contaminated sites

To familiarise design of landfill and know the effect of change in environment on soil

properties.

Syllabus :

Introduction and Soil-water-environment interaction, Geotechnical applications of waste materials,

Geotechnical characterization of waste and disposal, Site characterization, Landfill Components its

functions and design, Compacted clay liner, selection of soil, methodology of construction,

Geosynthetics in landfill- types and functions, geosynthetic clay liners - Leachate and Gas

Management, Soil remediation, Investigation of contaminated soil, insitu/exiture mediations, bio

remediation, thermal remediation, pump and treat method, phyto remediation and electro kinetic

remediation, Leachate disposal and Post closure of landfill, Variation in properties of soil due to

change in environment

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to:

i. Deal with geoenvironmental engineering problems

ii. Utilize waste in Geotechnical applications

iii. Design Landfill

iv. Mange leachate and landfill gas

v. Do investigation on contaminated site and soil remediation

vi. Assess variation in engineering properties of soil due to change in environment

Text Books / References 1. Daniel, D.E. (1993). Geotechnical Practice for Waste Disposal. Chapman, and Hall, London.

2. Koerner, R.M. (2005). Designing with Geosynthetics. Fifth Edition. Prentice Hall, New

Jersey.

3. Reddi L.N and Inyang HI (2000) Geoenvironmental Engineering: Principles and

Applications, Marcel Dekker Inc Publication

4. R. N. Yong (2000) Geoenvironmental Engineering: Contaminated Soils, Pollutant Fate,

Mitigation Lewis Publication.

5. Dr. G V Rao and Dr. R S Sasidhar (2009) Solid waste Management and Engineered

Landfills, Saimaster Geoenvironmental Services Pvt. Ltd. Publication.

6. Ayyar TSR (2000) Soil engineering in relation to environment, LBS centre for Science and

Technology, Trivandrum.

7. Hari D. Sharma, Krishna R. Reddy (2004) Geoenvironmental Engineering: Site Remediation,

Waste Containment, and Emerging Waste Management Technologies, Publisher: John

Wiley & Sons Inc.

8. Donald L. Wise, Debra J. Trantolo, Hilary I. Inyang, Edward J. Cichon (2000) Remediation

Engineering of Contaminated Soils, Publisher: Marcel Dekker Inc.

Page 200: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction and Soil-water-environment interaction : Introduction to

geoenvironmental Engineering, Soil-water-environment interaction relating

to geotechnical problems, Waste:-source, classification and management of

waste, Physical, chemical and geotechnical characterization of municipal

solid waste, Impact of waste dump and its remediation

6 15

II

Geotechnical application of waste and disposal: Geotechnical use of

different types such as Thermal power plant waste, MSW, mine waste,

industrial waste.

Waste disposal facilities, Parameters controlling the selection of site for

sanitary and industrial landfill. Site characterization. MoEF guidelines.

7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Landfill Components :Landfill layout and capacity, components of landfill

and its functions. Types and functions of liner and cover systems,

Compacted clay liner, selection of soil for liner, methodology of

construction.

6

15

IV

Leachate, Gas Management and Geosynthetics: Management of

Leachate and gas. Various components of leachate collection and removal

system and its design., gas disposal/utilization. Closure and post closure

monitoring system

Geosynthetics- Geo membranes - geosynthetics clay liners -testing and

design aspects.

6

15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Soil remediation : Investigation of contaminated soil, sampling, assessment

Transport of contaminants in saturated soil. Remediation of contaminated

soil- in-situ / exit remediation, bio remediation, thermal remediation, pump

and treat method, phyto remediation and electro-kinetic remediation

9

20

VI Change in engineering properties due to change in environment. Variation

in Engineering properties of soil –atterberg limit, shear strength,

permeability and swelling due to change in environment/pore fluid. 8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 201: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

Page 202: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code

Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE467 HIGHWAY PAVEMENT DESIGN 3-0-0-3 2016

Pre-requisite : CE208 Geo Technical Engineering - I

Course Objectives:

To introduce highway pavements, design concepts and material properties,

To understand and enable students to carry out design of bituminous mixes, analyse and

design flexible and rigid highway pavements

To introduce the concepts of pavement evaluation and rehabilitation.

Syllabus :

Introduction to highway pavements – Subgrade soil properties – Design of bituminous mixes-

Analysis of flexible pavements- Design of flexible pavements- Analysis of rigid pavements-

Design of rigid pavements-Pavement evaluation- Introduction to design of pavement overlays.

Course Outcome:

The students will be able to

i. identify the pavement components and design bituminous mixes,

ii. analyze and design flexible and rigid pavements

iii. evaluate structural condition of pavement.

Text Books:

1. Yoder and Witezak, Principles of Pavement design, John Wiley and sons, second

edition,1975.

2. Yang, Design of functional pavements, McGraw- Hill,1972.

3. Khanna S. K. & Justo C. E. G., Highway Engineering, Nemchand & Bros, 9e.

4. Hass & Hudson, ‘Pavement Management System’, McGraw Hill Book Co, 1978.

References:

1. IRC: 37 - 2001, ‘Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements’.

2. IRC: 58 – 2002, ‘Guidelines for the Design of Rigid Pavements’.

3. IRC: 37-2012, ‘Tentative Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements’.

4. IRC: 58-2011, Guidelines for Design of Plain Jointed Rigid Pavements for Highways.

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Introduction to highway pavements, Types and component parts

of pavements, Factors affecting design and performance of

pavements, Functions and significance of sub grade properties,

Various methods of assessment of sub grade soil strength for

pavement design

Mix design procedures in mechanical stabilization of soils,

6 15

Page 203: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b ,c, d)

Design of bituminous mixes by Marshall, Hubbard - field and

Hveem’s methods

II

Introduction to analysis and design of flexible pavements,

Stresses and deflections in homogeneous masses, Burmister’s 2

layer and 3 layer theories, Wheel load stresses, ESWL of

multiple wheels, Repeated loads and EWL factors

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III Empirical, semi - empirical and theoretical approaches for

flexible pavement design, Group index, CBR, Triaxial, Mcleod

and Burmister layered system methods

7 15

IV

Introduction to analysis and design of rigid pavements, Types of

stresses and causes, Factors influencing stresses, General

conditions in rigid pavement analysis, Warping stresses,

Frictional stresses, Combined stresses

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V Joints in cement concrete pavements, Joint spacings, Design of

slab thickness, Design and detailing of longitudinal, contraction

and expansion joints, IRC methods of Design

8 20

VI

Introduction to pavement evaluation, Structural and functional

requirements of flexible and rigid pavements, Quality control tests

for highway pavements, Evaluation of pavement structural

condition by Benkelman beam, rebound deflection and plate load

tests, Introduction to design of pavement overlays and the use of

geosynthetics

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 204: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE469 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisites: Nil

Course objectives:

To know the various types of environmental pollution

To make aware the impact due to various types of pollutants and their assessment technique

Syllabus : Pollution, Types. Air pollution-sources, effects, types of pollutants. Water pollution,

characteristics of water pollutants, Solid wastes, sources, types, soil pollution, pesticide pollution.

Noise pollution, Impacts, positive and negative Environmental impact assessment, steps of doing

EIA, methodology adopted, EIA procedure in India, Case studies.

Expected Outcomes:

The students will gain basic knowledge of various pollution sources and their impacts

Text Books / References:

1. A K Srivastava, Environment impact Assessment, APH Publishing, 2014

2. John Glasson, Riki Therivel & S Andrew Chadwick “Introduction to EIA” University

College London Press Limited, 2011

3. Larry W Canter, “Environmental Impact Assessment”, McGraw Hill Inc. , New York, 1995.

4. Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India 2006 EIA Notification

5. Rau G J and Wooten C.D “EIA Analysis Hand Book” Mc Graw Hill

6. Robert A Corbett “Standard Handbook of Environmental Engineering” McGraw Hill, 1999.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks %

I

INTRODUCTION: Classification of Pollution and Pollutants, –

Evolution of EIA (Global and Indian Scenario)- Elements of EIA

–– Screening – Scoping - Public Consultation - Environmental

Clearance process in India - Key Elements in 2006 EIA(Govt. of

India ) Notification

6 15

II

AIR POLLUTION: Primary and Secondary Types of Pollutants,

sulfur dioxide- nitrogen dioxide, carbon monoxide, WATER

POLLUTION: Point and Non-point Source of Pollution, Major

Pollutants of Water, Impact of pollutants

6 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

SOLID WASTE: Classification and sources of Solid Waste,

Characteristics, effects, e waste, : Effects of urbanization on land

degradation, pesticide pollution

NOISE POLLUTION: Sources of Noise, Effects of Noise,

7 15

Page 205: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (External Evaluation) :

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

Control measures

IV

Impacts of pollutants, types, scale of impact-Global, local

pollutants. Climate change, Ozone layer depletion, Deforestation,

land degradation , Impact of development on vegetation and

wild life

7 15,

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Socio-economic impacts - Impact assessment Methodologies-

Overlays, Checklist, Matrices, Fault Tree Analysis, Event Tree

Analysis- Role of an Environmental Engineer- Public

Participation

8 20

VI Standards for Water, Air and Noise Quality - Environmental

Management Plan- EIA- Case studies of EIA 8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 206: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE471 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : CE304 Design of Concrete Structures- II

Course objectives:

To enable the students to assess the loads on some important types of structures, choose the

method of appropriate analysis according to the situation and perform design

To analyse and design the special structures in steel and understand the new concepts of

design

Syllabus :

Design of deep beams, corbels, ribbed slabs, flat slabs, Yield line theory, Design of multi storey

buildings, Design of Gantry girder, Design of Industrial structures, beam column connections,

Analysis and design of light gauge structures ,Tall structures, Shear wall ductility detailing

Course Outcomes:

The students will be able to

i. design deep beams, corbels. Ribbed slabs

ii. design and detail a flat slab and multistory buildings

iii. analyse and design light gauge structures

iv. calculate the loads on gantry girder and its design

v. design beam column Connections

vi. analyse, design and detail multistory building for lateral loads

Text Books / References:

1. Krishnaraju.N., Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design, CBS Publishers, 2013

2. Mallick S.K. & Gupta A.P., Reinforced Concrete, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co, 6e, 1996.

3. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikandhe, Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, PHI, 2006

4. Punmia B. C., Jain A. K. Comprehensive Design of Steel Structures, Laxmi Publications (P)

Ltd, 2017.

5. Ramchandra S & Veerendra Gehlot, Design of Steel Structures Vol. II, Standard Book House,

2007

6. S.K.Duggal., Design of steel Structures, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2014

7. Subramanian N, Design of steel Structures, Oxford University Press, 2015

8. Varghese P.C., Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design , PHI, 2005

9. William T Segui., Steel Design , Cenage Learning, 6e, 2017

10. IS 456 -2000 Code of practice for reinforced concrete design, BIS

11. IS 800 – 2007, Code of practice for Structural steel design, BIS

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours Sem.

Exam

Marks %

I

Design of Deep beams & Corbels. Design of Ribbed Slabs.

Yield line theory of slabs – Design of Rectangular and Circular

slabs for UDL and point load at centre.

6 15

II Design of flat slabs by direct design method and equivalent 6 15

Page 207: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

frame method as per IS 456-2000.

Design of multi-bay multi storied portal frames for gravity

loads, Pattern loading - Use of SP 16 (Substitute Frame method

of analysis may be followed).

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Design of Light Gauge members - behavior of compression

elements- effective width for load and deflection determination-

behavior of stiffened and unstiffened elements- moment of

resistance of flexural members- design of compression members

7 15

IV Design of Gantry Girder :Introduction - Loading consideration

& maximum load effect Selection of Gantry girder – Design of

gantry girders for primary loads only. Codal provisions

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V Design of Industrial structures : Introduction – Classification of

Industrial structures- load estimation and steps for Analysis and

design. Beam column connections (Unstiffened and stiffened)

8 20

VI

Tall Buildings –Introduction, Structural Systems, Principles of

design and detailing of Shear wall.

Design of Multistoried framed structures for wind and

Earthquake Loads- Equivalent static load method of IS

1893.Ductility detailing for earthquake forces- IS 13920

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 208: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE473 ADVANCED COMPUTATIONAL

TECHNIQUES AND OPTIMIZATION 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : CE306 Computer Programming and Computational Techniques

Course objectives:

To introduce different numerical solutions and importance of optimization

To impart ability to apply mathematics and optimizing techniques for finding solutions to

real time problems.

Syllabus :

Introduction to numerical methods- errors in numerical methods-Systems of linear algebraic equations- Elimination and factorization methods- Gauss Seidel iteration. Eigen Value problems-

power method. General Optimisation procedures - and features of mathematical programming as

applicable to Civil engineering problems. Unconstrained and constrained optimization problems -

Formulation of objective function and constraints. Lagrangian interpolation- Quadratic and Cubic

splines (Problems on quadratic splines only)- Data smoothing by least squares criterion- Non-

polynomial models like exponential model and power equation- Multiple linear regression.

Numerical integration- Newton – Cotes open quadrature- Linear Programming - Simplex method

standard form - Simplex algorithm - Two phase solution by simplex method - Duality of linear

programming Formulation of geometric programming. Ordinary differential equations- 1st order

equations- Solution by use of Taylor series- Runge- kutta method- Ordinary differential equations of

the boundary value type- Finite difference solution- Partial differential equations in two dimensions-

Parabolic equations- Explicit finite difference method- Crank-Nicholson implicit method- Ellipse

equations Non- Linear Programming problems – one dimensional minimisation. Unconstrained

optimization Techniques Direct search method. Random search Univariate pattern search. Descent

methods.

Course Outcomes:

The students will be able to:

i. Find different numerical solutions of complicated problems

ii. Determine solutions of real time problems applying numerical methods in

mathematics iii. Understand the importance of optimization and apply optimization techniques in real

time problems Text Books / References:

1. Grewal B.S. “Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science” Khanna

Publishers.

2. Chapra S.C. and Canale R.P. “Numerical Methods for Engineers” Mc Graw Hill 2006.

3. Smith G.D. “Numerical solutions for Differential Equations” Mc Graw Hill

4. Ketter and Prawel “Modern Methods for Engineering Computations” Mc Graw Hill

5. Rajasekharan S. “Numerical Methods in Science and Engineering”S Chand & company 2003.

6. Rajasekharan S. “Numerical Methods for Initial and Boundary value problems,” Khanna

publishers 1989.

7. Terrence .J.Akai “Applied Numerical Methods for Engineers”, Wiley publishers 1994.

8. R.L. Fox , Optimisation methods in Engineering Design, Addison Wesely

9. S.S. Rao , Optimisation Theory and applications , ,Wiley Eastern.

10. Belegundu., Optimisation concepts and Applications Engineering,

Page 209: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

11. Andrew B Templeman, Civil Engineering Systems

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (External Evaluation) :

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours Sem.

Exam

Marks %

I

Introduction to numerical methods- errors in numerical methods-Systems of linear algebraic equations- Elimination and factorization methods- Gauss Seidel iteration. Eigen Value problems- power method.

7 15

II

General Optimisation procedures - and features of mathematical

programming as applicable to Civil engineering problems.

Unconstrained and constrained optimization problems -

Formulation of objective function and constraints.

6

15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Lagrangian interpolation- Quadratic and Cubic splines (Problems

on quadratic splines only)- Data smoothing by least squares

criterion- Non- polynomial models like exponential model and

power equation- Multiple linear regression. Numerical

integration- Newton – Cotes open quadrature

7 15

IV Linear Programming - Simplex method standard form - Simplex

algorithm - Two phase solution by simplex method - Duality of

linear programming Formulation of geometric programming

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Ordinary differential equations- 1st order equations- Solution by

use of Taylor series- Runge- kutta method- Ordinary differential

equations of the boundary value type- Finite difference solution-

Partial differential equations in two dimensions- Parabolic

equations- Explicit finite difference method- Crank-Nicholson

implicit method- Ellipse equations

7 20

VI

Non- Linear Programming problems – one dimensional

minimisation. Unconstrained optimization Techniques Direct

search method. Random search Univariate pattern search.

Descent methods

7 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 210: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course code Course Name L-T-P - Credits Year of

Introduction

**451 Seminar and Project Preliminary 0-1-4-2 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objectives

To develop skills in doing literature survey, technical presentation and report preparation.

To enable project identification and execution of preliminary works on final semester

project

Course Plan

Seminar: Each student shall identify a topic of current relevance in his/her branch of engineering,

get approval of faculty concerned, collect sufficient literature on the topic, study it thoroughly,

prepare own report and present in the class.

Project preliminary:

Identify suitable project relevant to the branch of study. Form project team ( not exceeding four

students). The students can do the project individually also. Identify a project supervisor. Present

the project proposal before the assessment board (excluding the external expert) and get it

approved by the board.

The preliminary work to be completed: (1) Literature survey (2) Formulation of objectives (3)

Formulation of hypothesis/design/methodology (4) Formulation of work plan (5) Seeking funds

(6) Preparation of preliminary report

Note: The same project should be continued in the eighth semester by the same project team.

Expected outcome .

The students will be able to

i. Analyse a current topic of professional interest and present it before an audience

ii. Identify an engineering problem, analyse it and propose a work plan to solve it.

Evaluation

Seminar : 50 marks

(Distribution of marks for the seminar is as follows: i. Presentation : 40% ii. Ability to answer

questions : 30% & iii. Report : 30%)

Project preliminary : 50 marks ( Progress evaluation by the supervisor : 40% and

progress evaluation by the assessment board excluding external expert : 60%. Two progress

evaluations, mid semester and end semester, are mandatory.)

Note: All evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for awarding the final grade.

Page 211: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE431 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3-1 2016

Prerequisites: CE405 Environmental Engineering - I

Course objectives:

To equip the students in doing analysis of water and wastewater samples

List of Experiments: (Minimu 10 experiments are mandatory)

1. To analyse the physical characteristics viz. colour, turbidity, and conductivity of a given water

sample and to determine its suitability for drinking purposes

2. To analyse the chemical characteristics of a given water sample viz. pH, acidity, alkalinity for

assessing its potability

3. To analyse the chemical characteristics of a given water sample viz. chlorides and sulphates

content to assess its suitability for drinking purposes and building construction

4. To determine the Dissolved Oxygen content of a given water sample for checking its potability

5. To determine the available chlorine in a sample of bleaching powder

6. To analyse the various types of solids in a given water sample

7. To determine the BOD of a given wastewater sample

8. To determine the COD of a given wastewater sample

9. To determine the optimum dosage of alum using Jar test

10. To determine the Nitrates / Phosphates in a water sample

11. To determine the iron content of a water sample

12. To determine the MPN content in a water sample and assess the suitability for potability

Expected outcome:

The students will be able to assess quality of water for various purposes

Page 212: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

6

BRANCH:Civil Engineering

SEMESTER - 8

Course Code

Course Name L-T-P Credits Exam Slot

CE402 Environmental Engineering II 3-0-0 3 A

CE404 Civil Engineering Project Management

3-0-0 3 B

Elective 4 3-0-0 3 C

Elective 5 (Non Departmental) 3-0-0 3 D

CE492 Project 6 S

Total Credits = 18 Hours: 30 Cumulative Credits= 180

Elective 4:-

1. CE462 Town and Country Planning

2. CE464 Reinforced Soil Structures and Geosynthetics

3. CE466 Finite Element Methods

4. CE468 Structural Dynamics and Earthquake Resistant Design

5. CE472 Transportation Planning

6. CE474 Municipal Solid Waste Management

Page 213: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

7

ELECTIVE 5 (NON DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE COURSES)

(Note:- If a student has studied or chosen the elective course given within the brackets then the

corresponding ND elective cannot be chosen)

1. AO482 FLIGHT AGAIST GRAVITY

2. AE482 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION

3. AE484 INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM DESIGN

4. AU484 MICROPROCESSOR AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

5. AU486 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS

6. BM482 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION

7. BM484 MEDICAL IMAGING & IMAGE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES

8. BT461 DESIGN OF BIOLOGICAL WASTEWATER SYSTEMS

9. BT362 SUSTAINABLE ENERGY PROCESSES

10. CH482 PROCESS UTILITIES AND PIPE LINE DESIGN

11. CH484 FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY

12.CS482 DATA STRUCTURES

13.CS484 COMPUTER GRAPHICS

14.CS486 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

15.CS488 C # AND .NET PROGRAMMING

16.EE482 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND AUDITING

17.EE484 CONTROL SYSTEMS

18.EE486 SOFT COMPUTING

19. EE488 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION

20. EE494 INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS

21. EC482 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

22. FT482 FOOD PROCESS ENGINEERING

23. FT484 FOOD STORAGE ENGINEERING

Page 214: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

8

24. FT486 FOOD ADDITIVES AND FLAVOURING

25.IE482 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

26. IE484 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ANALYTICS

27.IE486 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS

28. IE488 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

29.IC482 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

30. IT482 INFORMATION STORAGE MANAGEMENT

31. MA482 APPLIED LINEAR ALGEBRA

32. MA484 OPERATIONS RESEARCH

33. MA486 ADVANCED NUMERICAL COMPUTATIONS

34. MA488 CRYPTOGRAPHY

35.ME484 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS (CE 466 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS)

36.ME482 ENERGY CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT

37.ME471 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (CE 473 ADVANCED COMPUTATIONAL

TECHNIQUES AND OPTIMISATION)

38.MP482 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN

39. MP469 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

40. MT482 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY

41. MR482 MECHATRONICS

42. FS482 RESPONSIBLE ENGINEERING

43. SB482 DREDGERS AND HARBOUR CRAFTS

44. HS482 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

Page 215: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE402 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING – II

3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisites: CE405 Environmental Engineering- I

Course objectives:

To understand the various sources and characteristics of wastewater

To know the various treatment methods available for wastewater treatment

Syllabus : Wastewater, sources, characteristics, oxygen demand Design of sewers, Circular sewers,

Partial flow and full flow conditions. Sewer appurtenances, Disposal of wastewater, Streeter Phelps

equation, Oxygen sag curve, Treatment methods, Aerobic and anaerobic methods, Design of various

treatment units-Screening, Grit chamber, Sedimentation tank, Activated Sludge process, Trickling

filter, Rotating biological contactor, Septic tanks, Imhoff tanks, Oxidation ditches, Oxidation ponds,

Upflow anaerobic sludge blanket reactors, Sludge digestion, Sludge drying bed.

Course Outcomes:

The students will

i. have an understanding of the various types of treatment methods for wastewater

ii. know the design aspects of various treatment units in a wastewater treatment plant. Text Books

1. B.C Punmia , “Waste Water Engineering”, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2012

2. Howard S Peavy, Donald R Rowe, George Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering, Mc

Graw Hill Education, 1984

3. P N Modi, “Sewage Treatment & Disposal and Waste water Engineering”, Standard Book

House, NewDelhi, 2e, 2008.

4. S.K. Garg , “Sewage disposal and Air pollution Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, 2008

5. G S Birdie, Water Supply and Engineering, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, 2014

References

1. G. L. Karia, R.A. Christian, Wastewater treatment: Concepts And Design Approach, PHI

learning Pvt Ltd, 2013

2. J. Arceivala, Shyam R. Asolekar, Wastewater Treatment for Pollution Control and Reuse,

McGrawhill Education, 2007

3. K N Duggal, Elements of Environmental Engineering, S Chand Publications, 2007

4. Mackenzie L Davis, Introduction to Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill Education

(India), 5e, 2012

5. Metcalf and Eddy, “Waste Water Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing Co Ltd, 2003

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

I

Wastewater- Sources and flow rates, Domestic wastewater,

Estimation of quantity of wastewater, Dry weather flow, storm

water flow, Time of concentration

Sewers, Design of circular sewers under full and partial flow

6 15

Page 216: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

EXTERNAL EVALUATION:

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (External Evaluation) :

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a,b,c,d)

conditions

II

Sewer appurtenances-Man holes, Catch basin, flushing devices,

Inverted siphon. Ventilation of sewers.

Sewage, Sewerage, Systems of sewerage

Sewage characteristics- Physical, chemical and biological

parameters, Biological oxygen demand, first stage BOD, Chemical

oxygen demand, Relative stability, Population equivalent.

7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Waste water disposal systems- Self purification of streams, Dilution

-Oxygen sag curve, Streeter Phelp’s Equation, land treatment

Treatment of sewage-Preliminary and Primary treatment -Theory

and design of Screen, Grit chamber, Detritus chamber, Flow

equalization tank and Sedimentation tank.

6 15

IV

Secondary treatment methods-Contact bed, Intermittent sand filter,

Theory and design of Trickling filter, Activated sludge process,

Trickling filter-High rate, standard. Rotating biological contactor 7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Design of Septic tank and Imhoff tank,

Principle and working of Oxidation ditch and oxidation ponds.

Aerated lagoons, Design of upflow anaerobic sludge blanket

reactors

8 20

VI

Sludge treatment and disposal-Methods of thickening, Sludge

digestion- Anaerobic digestion, Design of sludge digestion tanks

and Sludge drying beds, methods of sludge disposal 8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 217: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits Year of

Introduction

CE404 CIVIL ENGINEERING PROJECT

MANAGEMENT 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite: HS300 Principles of Management

Course objectives:

To impart knowledge on principles of planning and scheduling projects, with emphasis

on construction.

To understand the uses and suitability of various construction equipment,

To study the legal and ethical issues related to construction projects

To become familiar with TQM and similar concepts related to quality

To impart knowledge in the principles of safe construction practices

To understand the need of ethical considerations in construction.

Syllabus : Construction Planning and Scheduling, Construction disputes and settlement, Ethics in

Construction, Construction safety, Principles of Materials management, Quality management

practices, Construction procedures

Expected Outcomes:

The students will be able to:

i. Plan and schedule a construction project.

ii. Select an appropriate construction equipment for a specific job

iii. Familiarise the legal procedures in construction contracts

iv. Formulate suitable quality management plan for construction

v. Familiarise the safety practices and procedures.

vi. Apply principles of ethics in decision making.

Text Books:

1. Kumar Neeraj Jha, Construction Project Management, Pearson, Dorling Kindersley (India) pvt. Lt

2. L.S. Srinath – PERT and CPM –Principles and Applications, Affiliated East-West Press, 2001

3. Peurifoy and Schexnayder – Construction Planning, Equipment, and Methods, Tata McGraw Hill,

2010

Reference Books

1. B.C.Punmia & K K Khandelwal, Project Planning with CPM and PERT, Laxmi Publication, New

Delhi, 2016

2. Charles D Fledderman, Engineering Ethics, Prentice Hall, 2012

3. F. Harris, Modern Construction and Ground Engineering Equipment and Methods, Prentice Hall,

1994

4. Gahlot and Dhir, Construction Planning and Management, New Age International, 1992

5. K KChitkara, Construction Project Management, McGraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd., 2000

6. Khanna, O.P., Industrial Engineering and Management., Dhanapat Rai Publications, 1980

7. National Building Code, BIS

8. P.P. Dharwadkar, Management in Construction Industry, Oxford and IBH

9. Shrivastava, Construction Planning and Management, Galgotia Publications, 2000

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks

%

Page 218: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

I

Unique features of construction projects ; Identification of

components –Principles of preparing DPR- Construction planning

and scheduling - I – Bar charts, Network Techniques, Use of CPM

and PERT for planning – Drawing network diagrams – time estimates

– slack – critical path-Examples

7 15

II

Crashing and time –cost trade off, Resource smoothing and

resources levelling - Construction, equipment, material and labour

schedules. Preparation of job layout.

Codification of the planning system : Codification approach- Work

package and activities identification code – Resource codes – Cost

and Finance accounting codes – Technical document codes.

7 15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Construction disputes and settlement : Types of disputes – Modes of

settlement of disputes – Arbitration- Arbitrator - Advantages and

disadvantages of arbitration – Arbitration Award. Construction cost and

budget :Construction cost – Classification of construction cost – Unit rate

costing of resources- Budget – Types of budget – Project Master budget.

6

15

IV

Concept of ethics – Professional ethics – ethical problems – provisions of a

professional code – Role of professional bodies.Project management

information system- Concept – Information system computerization –

Acquiring a system – Problems in information system management -

Benefits of computerized information system.

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Concept of materials management – inventory – inventory control –

Economic order quantity- ABC analysis. Safety in construction – Safety

measures in different stages of construction – implementation of safety

programme.

7 20

VI

Construction procedures: different methods of construction – types of

contract – Tenders – prequalification procedure - earnest money deposit –

contract document – General and important conditions of contract -

measurement and measurement book - Inspection and quality control -

need, principles and stages. Basics of Total Quality Management

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 219: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name L-T-P-Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE462 TOWN AND COUNTRY PLANNING 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective:

To expose various levels of planning, the elements involved in urban and regional

planning and their interrelationships

To learn to draw up a town development plan.

Syllabus :

Goals and objectives of planning; Components of planning - regional planning for block, district,

state, nation - Theories of urbanization - Study of Urban Forms - Urban Structure and its

Characteristics - Spatial standards for various facility areas and utilities – zoning - Development

of new towns - Urban Renewal - Town Development Plan - Techniques of Preparation of Base

Maps.

Course Outcome:

The student will be able to

i. identify and develop the various components of planning at neighborhood, city, regional

and national levels

ii. familiarize with spatial standards of facilities and prepare base maps for urban

development.

Text Books:

1. Hutchinson B.G., Principles of Transportation Systems Planning, McGraw-Hill, 1974

2. Khadiyali L.R. Traffic Engineering and Transport planning, Khanna Tech Publishers,

1999

3. Oppenheim N., Applied Models in Urban and Regional Analysis, Prentice-Hall, 1980

4. Rangwala, Town planning , Charotar publishing house, 28e, 2015.

References:

1. Eisner S, Gallion A and Eisner S., The Urban Pattern, Wiley, 1993.

2. Hiraskar G K, Fundamentals of Town planning, Dhanpat Rai publications, 1993.

3. N.K Gandhi – Study of Town and Country planning in India – Indian Town and Country

planning Association, 1973.

4. Wilson, A.G, Urban and Regional Models in Geography and Planning, John Wiley and

Sons, 1974.

Module Contents Hours Sem.

Exam

Marks %

I

Definitions and Rationales of Planning - Definitions of town

and country planning; Goals and objectives of planning;

Components of planning; Benefits of planning - urbanization,

industrialization and urban development; push and pull factors;

migration trends and impacts on urban and rural development -

rural-urban fringes - city region - area of influence and

dominance

6 15

II Rural landscapes- regional planning: definition, need and

importance, function, objective, concept of region, types of 6 15

Page 220: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

regions, delineation of regions - Types and contents of regional

planning for block, district, state, nation, NCR, resource region,

agro–climatic region, topographic region and sectoral planning,

major regional problems and their solutions.

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Theories of urbanization-Concentric Zone Theory; Sector

Theory; Multiple Nuclei Theory; Land Use and Land Value

Theory of William Alonso; City as an organism: a physical

entity, social entity and political entity –- Study of Urban

Forms such as Garden City, Precincts, Neighbourhoods, -

MARS Plan, LeCorbusier Concept, Radburn Concept

7 15

IV

Urban Structure and its Characteristics - Functions of

Transportation Network - concept of accessibility and

mobility, Transit Oriented Development (TOD) - Spatial

standards for residential, industrial, commercial and

recreational areas, space standards for facility areas and

utilities, Provisions of Town Planning Act, zoning, subdivision

practice, metro region concept.

7 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Concept of New Towns: Meaning, role and functions: Special

planning and development considerations, scope and limitations

of new town development, Indian experience of planning and

development of new towns.

Urban Renewal: Meaning, significance, scope and limitations,

urban renewal as a part of metropolitan plan

8 20

VI

Town Development Plan: Scope, contents and preparation. A

case study of development plan, scope, content and preparation

of zonal development plans, plan implementation -

organizational legal and financial aspects, public participation

in plan formulation and implementation - Techniques of

Preparation of Base Maps: Drawing size, scale, format,

orientation, reduction and enlargement of base maps.

8 20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 221: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course

Code Course Name

L-T-P-

Credits

Year of

Introduction

CE464 REINFORCED SOIL STRUCTURES AND GEO - -

SYNTHETICS 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : CE305 Geotechnical Engineering - II

Course objectives:

To understand the history and mechanism of reinforced soil

To know the various types of geosynthetics, their functions and applications.

To enable the design of reinforced soil retaining structures.

Syllabus :

Introduction- Functions of geosynthetics. Reinforcement action – Mechanism of reinforced soil.

Component materials and their properties – fill, various types of reinforcements with advantages,

disadvantages, facings. - Factors affecting the performance and behaviour of reinforced soil.

Design and analysis of reinforced soil retaining walls-General aspects - External stability of

vertically faced reinforced soil retaining wall. Internal stability – Tie back wedge analysis or

coherent gravity analysis or reinforced soil retaining walls with metallic strip and continuous

geosynthetic reinforcements. Assumptions and problems. Construction methods of reinforced

retaining walls. Bearing capacity improvement using soil reinforcement – Binquet and Lee’s

analysis - Simple problems in bearing capacity of reinforced soil foundation. Concept of Geocells,

encased stone columns, prefabricated vertical drains, geocomposites, soil nailing, geotubes, geobags

(only basic concepts). Natural geotextiles using coir and jute with relative advantages and

disadvantages, application areas.

Expected Outcomes:

The students will

i. Understand the history and mechanism of reinforced soil

ii. Become aware about situations where geosynthetics can be used.

iii. Know about various types of geosynthetics and their functions

iv. Be able to do dimple design of reinforced soil retaining walls and reinforced earth beds.

Text Books / References:

1. Jones, C.J.F.P. (1985). Earth reinforcement and soil structures. Butterworth, London.

2. Koerner, R.M. (1999). Designing with Geosynthetics, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA, 4th

edition.

3. Rao, G.V. (2007). Geosynthetics – An Introduction. Sai Master Geoenvironmental Services

Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad

4. Rao, G.V., Kumar, S. J. and Raju, G.V.S.S. (Eds.). Earth Reinforcement – Design and

Construction. Publication No. 314, Central Board of Irrigation and Power, New Delhi, 2012.

5. Sivakumar Babu, G.L. (2006). An introduction to Soil reinforcement and geosynthetics.

United Press (India) Pvt. Ltd.

COURSE PLAN

Module Contents Hours

Sem.

Exam

Marks %

I Introduction -history –ancient and modern structures- Types of

geosynthetics, advantages, disadvantages. Functions of

geosynthetics and application areas where these functions are

5 15

Page 222: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (End semester examination)

Maximum Marks :100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

utilized such as in retaining walls, slopes, embankments, railway

tracks, pavements etc. (general overview)

II

Raw materials used for geosynthetics, manufacturing process of

woven and non woven geotextiles, geomembranes, geogrids.

Properties of geosynthetics. Creep and long term performance.

Reinforced soil - Advantages and disadvantages. Fills, Types of

facings, Factors affecting the performance of reinforced soil.

7

15

FIRST INTERNAL EXAMINATION

III

Mechanism of reinforcement action - Equivalent Confining Stress

Concept, Pseudo Cohesion Concept, Concept of Expanding soil

mass. – Simple problems.

7

15

IV

Design and analysis of vertically faced reinforced soil retaining

walls- External stability and Internal stability – Tie back wedge

analysis and coherent gravity analysis. Assumptions, limitations

and numerical problems.

Construction methods of reinforced retaining walls.

Geosynthetics in pavements, function and benefits.

7

15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAMINATION

V

Bearing capacity improvement using soil reinforcement – Binquet

and Lee’s analysis – Assumptions, failure mechanisms. Simple

problems in bearing capacity.

Geosynthetics for short term stability of embankments on soft

soils.

Natural geotextiles, Advantages and disadvantages, functions,

erosion control- types of erosion control products, installation

methods.

9

20

VI

Prefabricated vertical drains along with design principles and

installation method

Concept of Geocells, Gabion Walls, encased stone columns,

geocomposites, soil nailing, geotubes, geobags (only basic

concepts), application in landfills.

7

20

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Page 223: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course No. Course Name L-T-P Credits Year of Introduction

CE466 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS 3-0-0-3 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objectives

To provide a fundamental knowledge on FEM

To equip to solve basic Engineering problems using FEM

Syllabus

Introduction to FEM- Basics of 2D elasticity -Development of shape functions for truss, beam and frame

elements -The Direct Stiffness Method- Lagrangian and Hermitian interpolation functions - Isoparametric

formulation

Expected Outcome

Students successfully completing this course are expected to implement FEM for solving basic

engineering problems.

Text Books

1. Bathe K J, Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.,

1982

2. Cook R D, Malkus D S, and Plesha M E, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element

Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore., 1981

3. Krishnamoorthy C S, Finite Element Analysis- Theory and Programming, Tata McGraw Hill,

New Delhi., 1994

Reference Books

1. Chandrupatla T R and Belegundu A D, Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, Pearson

Education, New Delhi., 1998

2. Hutton D V, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd,

New Delhi., 2005

3. Mukhopadhyay M and Abdul Hamid Sheikh, Matrix and Finite Element Analyses of Structures, Ane

Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi., 2009

4. Rajasekharan S, Finite Element Analysis in Engineering Design, Wheeler, New Delhi., 1998

5. Reddy J N, An Introduction to FEM, McGraw Hill Book Co. New York, 1984

6. Zienkiewicz O C and Taylor R W., Finite Element Method, Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann, UK.,

2005

Course Plan

Module Contents Hours Sem. Max.

Marks %

I Introduction to FEM- out line of the procedure – Element

properties- polynomial form- shape function form- equilibrium

and compatibility in the solution- convergence requirements.

Development of shape functions for truss elements

7 15

II Basics of 2D elasticity - Strain displacement relations-

constitutive relations- Energy principles-Principles of virtual

work- Total potential energy- Rayleigh-Ritz method- method of

weighted residuals. Gauss elimination - Solution of equations

7 15

Page 224: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

FIRST INTERNAL EXAM

III The Direct Stiffness Method:- Structure stiffness equations –

Properties of [K] – Solution of unknowns – Element stiffness

equations – Assembly of elements - Static condensation.

Displacement boundary conditions – Stress computation –

Support reactions

8 15

IV Shape functions for C0 and C1 elements – Lagrangian and

Hermitian interpolation functions for one dimensional elements

Development of shape functions for beam, and frame elements

6 15

SECOND INTERNAL EXAM

V Lagrangian interpolation functions for two and three dimensional

elements constant strain triangle- Linear strain triangle- Bilinear

plane rectangular elements- Consistent nodal loads- lumped

loads- patch test- stress computation

7 20

VI Isoparametric formulation – Line elements- Plane bilinear

element- Iso parametric formulation of Quadratic plane elements-

Sub parametric elements and super parametric elements- Gauss

quadrature- Plate and shell elements

7 20

END SEMESTER EXAM

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (External Evaluation) :

Part A -Module I & II : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part B - Module III & IV: 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 15 marks each

Part C - Module V & VI : 2 questions out of 3 questions carrying 20 marks each

Note : 1.Each part should have at least one question from each module

2.Each question can have a maximum of 4 subdivisions (a, b, c, d)

Page 225: CE Syllabus  .… · SEMESTER I Slot Course No. Subject L-T-P Hours Credits A MA101 Calculus 3-1-0 4 4 B PH100 Engineering Physics 3-1-0 4 4 (1/2) CY100 Engineering Chemistry 3-1-0

Course code Course Name Credits Year of

Introduction

**492 PROJECT 6 2016

Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objectives

To apply engineering knowledge in practical problem solving

To foster innovation in design of products, processes or systems

To develop creative thinking in finding viable solutions to engineering problems

Course Plan

In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the preliminary report prepared in the seventh

semester

Review and finalization of the approach to the problem relating to the assigned topic

Preparing a detailed action plan for conducting the investigation, including team work

Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment as needed

Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and future directions

Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if possible

Preparing a report in the standard format for being evaluated by the dept. assessment board

Final project presentation and viva voce by the assessment board including external expert

Expected outcome

The students will be able to iii. Think innovatively on the development of components, products, processes or

technologies in the engineering field

iv. Apply knowledge gained in solving real life engineering problems

Evaluation

Maximum Marks : 100

(i) Two progress assessments 20% by the faculty supervisor(s)

(ii) Final project report 30% by the assessment board

(iii) Project presentation and viva voce 50% by the assessment board

Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for awarding the final

grade.